200
PROJECT MANUAL Sutton Hall B2 Fish Lab University of Oklahoma Facilities Management 160 Felgar St Norman, OK 73019 OU Project No. 100-19 RFP #R-20451-20 ISSUED FOR BID January 13, 2020

B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 2: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Division Section Title

PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS GROUP

DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

00 0101 PROJECT TITLE PAGE 00 0107 SEALS PAGE 00 0115 LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS 00 3100 AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATION

SPECIFICATIONS GROUP

General Requirements Subgroup

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 1000 SUMMARY 01 2500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 3000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4200 REFERENCES 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 7000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

Facility Construction Subgroup

DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS

02 4119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE

03 3000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

Facility Services Subgroup

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING

REFER TO INDIVIDUAL SECTION FOR INDEX

DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

REFER TO INDIVIDUAL SECTION FOR INDEX

DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL

26 0010 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 26 0040 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 26 0049 ELECTRICAL TEMPORARY FACILITIES 26 0519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 2416 PANELBOARDS 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES

Page 3: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma TOC - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

28 3112 ZONED (DC LOOP) FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 4: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 00 0101 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Project Title Page OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

DOCUMENT 00 0101

PROJECT TITLE PAGE

1.1 PROJECT MANUAL

A. University of Oklahoma. 1. Facilities Management 2. 160 Felgar St, Norman, OK 73019

B. Sutton Hall – B2 Fish Lab 1. OU Project No. 100-19. 2. RFP #R-20451-20

C. Issued for BID: January 13, 2020

END OF DOCUMENT

Page 5: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 6: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 00 0107 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Seals Page OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

DOCUMENT 00 0107

SEALS PAGE

1.1 DESIGN PROFESSIONALS OF RECORD

A. Architect: 1. Stanley Allen Berry 2. OK #4641 3. Responsible for Divisions 00-03

B. Mechanical and Plumbing Engineer: 1. Owen D. Gwin 2. OK #24949 3. Responsible for Divisions 22 and 23

C. Electrical Engineer: 1. Scott M. Welch. 2. OK #23399. 3. Responsible for Divisions 26 and 28

END OF DOCUMENT

1/13/20201/13/2020

Page 7: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 00 0115 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 List of Drawing Sheets OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

DOCUMENT 00 0115

LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS

1.1 LIST OF DRAWINGS

A. Drawings: Drawings consist of the Contract Drawings and other drawings listed on the Table of Contents page of the separately bound drawing set titled Issue for BID, dated 01/13/2020, as modified by subsequent Addenda and Contract modifications.

B. List of Drawings: Drawings consist of the following Contract Drawings and other drawings of type indicated: A1.1: General Notes, Code Information, Architectural Plans, Notes MP-001: Mechanical/Plumbing Legends and Notes MP-201: Mechanical/Plumbing Plan E1.0: Electrical Legend, Abbreviations, General Notes, and Panel Schedule E2.0: Electrical Demo and Improvement Plans

END OF DOCUMENT

Page 8: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 9: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 00 3100 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Available Project Information OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

DOCUMENT 00 3100

AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATION

1.1 AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATION

A. This Document and its referenced attachments are part of the Procurement and Contracting Requirements for Project. They provide Owner's information for the Bidder's convenience and are intended to supplement rather than serve in lieu of the Bidder's own investigations. They are made available for the Bidder's convenience and information but are not a warranty of existing conditions. This Document and its attachments are not part of the Contract Documents.

B. Existing drawings, specifications and submittals that include information on existing conditions including previous construction at Project site may be available for viewing at the office of the Owner – contact Purchasing or the OUFM Project Manager to arrange access.

C. Permit Application: The building permit for Project has been applied for by Owner. A copy of the permit will be on display at the project site.

D. Hot-Work Permits: Application for Hot-Work Permits, if required, shall be made by the contractor through the University of Oklahoma Office of the Fire Marshall.

END OF DOCUMENT

Page 10: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 11: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 1000 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Summary OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 01 1000

SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 PROJECT INFORMATION

A. Project Identification: Sutton B2 Fish Lab – Project 100-19. 1. Project Location: University of Oklahoma, Sutton Hall.

B. Owner: University of Oklahoma.

C. Architect: OU Facilities Management Department.

D. Engineers: OU Facilities Management Department.

E. Summary of work as indicated in the construction drawings.

1.2 WORK RESTRICTIONS

A. Contractor's Use of Premises: During construction, Contractor will have limited use of space indicated. 1. Driveways, Walkways, and Entrances: Keep driveways loading areas and entrances serving

premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.

2. Use care when accessing the site to minimize damage to existing intramural fields and grass.

B. Nonsmoking Property: Smoking or any other use of tobacco products is not permitted on University of Oklahoma property.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

Page 12: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 13: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 2500 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Substitution Procedures OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 01 2500

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

A. Substitutions include changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

B. Where one or more manufacturers are listed for a particular equipment item, the Contractor shall furnish the equipment as manufactured by one of the manufacturers listed. If the Contractor desires to substitute a manufacturer not listed, he must submit his request to the Architect/Engineer in writing by the last day for questions, as determined by OU Purchasing. If the proposed substitute equipment is determined to be acceptable, the Architect/Engineer will list the approved substitute equipment in an addendum to the project plans/specifications and the Contractor shall base his bid on the equipment items listed.

C. The Architect/Engineer WILL NOT give verbal approval of any substitute materials.

D. Substitutions proposed shall be equivalent in such features as noise level, power requirements, metal gages, vibration attenuation, finish, appearance, certification of recognized testing agencies and standards bureaus, allowable working pressures, physical size and arrangement so far as affects installation in the available space, factory applied insulation, electrical devices, controls, access to internal parts, water and air pressure drops, operating speeds, coil face areas, fan diameters, operating efficiencies, and features and capacities specified herein.

E. If required by the Architect/Engineer, the Contractor shall provide complete samples of substitute equipment to be delivered to the Architect/Engineer for examination. Handling, storage, shipping and delivery to and from the Architect/Engineer of any sample required shall be at the cost of the Contractor.

F. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Submit requests in writing by the last day for questions, as determined by OU Purchasing. 2. Identify product to be replaced and show compliance with requirements for substitutions. Include

a detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified, a list of changes needed to other parts of the Work required to accommodate proposed substitution, and any proposed changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time should the substitution be accepted.

3. Owner will review proposed substitutions and provide notification if accepted by Addendum.

G. Do not submit unapproved substitutions on Shop Drawings or other submittals.

Page 14: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 2500 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Substitution Procedures OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

H. After the submittals are approved, the Architect/Engineer will consider substitute equipment only if unusual circumstances warrant further consideration. Requests for consideration of substitutes shall be made in writing and state all applicable reasons and/or circumstances. The Contractor's presence will be required in any meetings or discussions regarding the submittals. Owner will review proposed substitutions and notify Contractor of their acceptance or rejection by Change Order. If necessary, Owner will request additional information or documentation for evaluation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

Page 15: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 3000 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Administrative Requirements OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 01 3000

ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

A. Key Personnel Names: Within 5 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. List e-mail addresses and telephone numbers.

B. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.

C. Requests for Information (RFIs): On discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI. Use OU Facilities Management RFI form available from OU Project Manager.

D. Schedule and conduct progress meetings at Project site weekly. Notify Owner of meeting dates and times. Require attendance of each subcontractor or other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities. 1. GC Project Manager will record minutes and distribute to everyone concerned, including Owner.

1.2 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 1. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals

enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 2. The Contractor shall provide the submittals in electronic/PDF or hard-copy format. Owner will

return a copy with comments as appropriate. a. Electronic/PDF Format: Submit PDF version electronic file to the Owner’s representative

for approval. b. Hard-Copy Format: Submit four (4) copies, bound in four (4) hard plastic, three ring binders

with clear plastic envelope on cover and spline, to the Owner’s representative for approval.

B. Submittal Schedule: 1. Within twenty-one (21) calendar days after the project contract is signed or notice to proceed is

issued (whichever comes first), this Contractor shall submit the required documents to the Architect/Engineer for his approval.

2. If the submittal is not received by the Architect/Engineer within the allowed twenty-one (21) calendar day period, each item of equipment must be furnished exactly as specified. If more than one manufacturer is mentioned in the specifications, the Contractor must furnish the equipment of the first manufacturer listed.

3. The Architect/Engineer may require resubmittals on any equipment found to be unacceptable or incomplete. Any item not resubmitted within ten (10) business days after the issue date of the resubmittal notice shall be furnished exactly as specified.

4. Contractor shall allow for 10 business days for each round of submittal review.

C. Electronic Submittals: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal

requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item.

2. Each specification section shall be a separate electronic file.

Page 16: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 3000 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Administrative Requirements OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

3. Each submittal shall include an entire specification section (for example, submit all items included in the raceways and boxes section, not just the EMT). Submittal data shall be arranged in the same order as the specifications.

4. When utilizing catalog pages, highlight or indicate the items, accessories, and options, to be provided as part of the project.

5. Name file with unique identifier, including project identifier, Specification Section number, and revision identifier.

6. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Owner.

D. Identify options requiring selection by Owner.

E. Provide printed descriptive literature, shop drawings, and illustrations of the equipment submitted. Only portions of catalogs that pertain to the equipment shall be included and shall indicate completely all of the specification requirements. Where catalog sheets or drawings indicate several sizes or types of construction, they shall be clearly marked to indicate the size and/or type of construction proposed to be used on this project. Complete catalogs are not acceptable as submittals.

F. Identify any deviations in features, function, and/or performance from the equipment specified. Deviations shall be clearly defined and attention directed to the item(s).

G. Partial or incomplete submittals and submittals not conforming to the requirements of this specification may not be accepted, and may be returned to the Contractor for completion and/or correction.

1.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE

A. Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated. 2. PDF electronic file. 3. Two paper copies.

B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. 1. Submit a working electronic copy of schedule, using Microsoft Project, and labeled to comply with

requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (initial or updated) and date on label.

C. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. 1. Submit electronic material and equipment submittals via email as PDF electronic files.

a. Owner will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic project record document file.

b. Submit hard copies of full size shop drawings and samples as indicated below.

2.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Submit 1 copy of each informational submittal. Owner will return a photo copy or electronic copy with comments as appropriate.

B. Product Data: Mark each copy to show applicable products and options. Include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written recommendations, product specifications, and installation instructions.

Page 17: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 3000 - 3 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Administrative Requirements OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

2. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. 3. Printed performance curves and operational range diagrams. 4. Testing by recognized testing agency. 5. Compliance with specified standards and requirements.

C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. Submit on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 42 inches. Submit shop drawings 11x17 and smaller electronically. Submit shop drawings larger than 11x17 electronically or submit two (2) sets of hard copies. Include the following: 1. Dimensions and identification of products. 2. Fabrication and installation drawings and roughing-in and setting diagrams. 3. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.

D. Samples: Submit two (2) samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. Include name of manufacturer and product name on label. 1. If variation is inherent in material or product, submit at least 3 sets of paired units that show

variations.

2.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Informational Submittals: Submit 1 copy of each informational submittal. Owner will return a photo copy or electronic copy with comments as appropriate.

B. Qualification Data: Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of Owners, and other information specified.

C. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

2.4 DELEGATED DESIGN SERVICES

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written

request for additional information to Owner.

B. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit 1 copy of a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract

Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

2.5 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-chart-type schedule within 10 days of date established for Notice of Award.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.

Page 18: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 3000 - 4 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Administrative Requirements OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

C. Cost Correlation: Superimpose a cost correlation timeline, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show planned and actual dollar volume of the Work performed as of planned and actual dates used for preparation of payment requests.

D. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 7 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and indicate date by which recovery will be accomplished.

2.6 HOT WORK PERMIT

A. All cutting, welding, brazing, soldering, torch applications, grinding or similar activities must have an authorized hot work permit on display before work can start. Hot Work Permit application is available for printing at the end of this section.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SUBMITTAL REVIEW

A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect/Engineer.

B. Architect/Engineer will review each action submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, will stamp each submittal with an action stamp, and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action.

C. Informational Submittals: Architect/Engineer will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Owner will forward each submittal to appropriate party.

D. The Architect/Engineer will review and prepare a report with recommendations on the submittal and one (1) resubmittal. If the resubmittal is incomplete or in any other way unsatisfactory or unacceptable, the review of any further required resubmittals will be at the Contractors expense, otherwise the material must be furnished as specified.

E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded.

3.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Updating: At weekly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule 1 day before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.

B. Distribute copies of approved schedule to Owner, subcontractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties.

END OF SECTION

Page 19: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

HOT WORK PERMIT

The University of Oklahoma

UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA

CUTTING, WELDING, BRAZING, SOLDERING, TORCH APPLICATIONS, GRINDING OR SIMILAR ACTIVITIES

INSTRUCTIONS

1. EVALUATE IF THE HOT WORK CAN BE AVOIDED OR COMPLETED IN A SAFER WAY.

2. FOLLOW CHECKLIST AND PRECAUTIONS LISTED TO THE RIGHT. 3. COMPLETE PERMIT AND DISPLAY IN AREA WHERE WORK IS

BEING DONE. HOT WORK APPLICANT INFORMATION

RESPONSIBLE PARTY: ________

COMPANY/DEPARTMENT: ________

JOB DATE: WORK ORDER #

DESCRIBE LOCATION OF WORK (IF INSIDE, DENOTE BLDG. & ROOM #)

JOB DESCRIPTION:

I VERIFY THAT THE ABOVE LOCATION HAS BEEN EXAMINED, THAT PRECAUTIONS ON THE CHECKLIST HAVE BEEN TAKEN TO PREVENT FIRE, AND THAT PERMISSION IS AUTHORIZED TO PERFORM THE WORK. AUTHORIZED HOT WORK PERMIT PROGRAM

HOT WORK PERMIT WRITER:

SUPERVISOR:

FIRE WATCH:

APPROVED BY:____________________________________________

TITLE:___________________________________________________

PERMIT EXPIRES: DATE: TIME:

CHECKLIST & PRECAUTIONS

AVAILABLE SPRINKLERS, HOSE STREAMS, AND EXTINGUISHERS ARE IN GOOD SERVICE AND GOOD REPAIR. HOT WORK EQUIPMENT IS IN GOOD REPAIR.

REQUIREMENTS WITHIN 35 FT OF WORK

COMBUSTIBLE FLOORS WET DOWN, COVERED WITH DAMP SAND, OR OTHER SHIELDING MATERIAL. FLOORS SWEPT CLEAN OF COMBUSTIBLES. EXPLOSIVE ATMOPHERE IN AREA ELIMINATED. FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS, DUST, LINT, AND OILY DEPOSITS REMOVED. ALL WALL AND FLOOR OPENINGS WITHIN 35 FEET COVERED. FIRE-RESISTANT COVERS SUSPENDED BENEATH WORK. OTHER COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS REMOVED OR COVERED WITH FIRE-RESISTANT COVERS.

IF OUTSIDE, COMBUSTIBLE VEGETATION, MULCH OR OTHER MATERIAL IS WET DOWN OR PROPERLY COVERED AN ADEQUATE WATER SOURCE FOR EXTINGUISHMENT WILL BE PROVIDED HOT WORK WILL NOT BE DONE ON EXTREME WIND WARNING OR HIGH FIRE DANGER DAYS

WORK ON WALLS AND CEILINGS COMBUSTIBLES ON THE OTHER SIDE OF WALL MOVED AWAY. CONSTRUCTION IS NONCOMBUSTIBLE AND WITHOUT COMBUSTIBLE COVERINGS.

WORK ON ENCLOSED EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT CLEANED OF ALL COMBUSTIBLES. EQUIPMENT PURGED OF ALL FLAMMABLE VAPORS.

FIRE WATCH AND WORK AREA MONITORING FIRE WATCH SHOULD BE PROVIDED DURING AND FOR 30 MINUTES AFTER WORK IS COMPLETED. FIRE WATCH PERSONNEL ARE EQUIPPED AND TRAINED ON THE USE OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND ARE FAMILIAR WITH BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. FIRE WATCH MAY BE REQUIRED ABOVE, BELOW AND IN ADJACENT AREAS.

HOT WORK CONDUCTED OUTSIDE

Page 20: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 21: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 4000 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Quality Requirements OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 01 4000

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

B. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties to Owner for a decision.

C. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum. The actual installation may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. Indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Owner for a decision.

D. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit copy of written statement of responsibility sent to authorities having jurisdiction before starting work on the following systems: 1. Seismic-force-resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed in the

designated seismic system quality-assurance plan prepared by Owner. 2. Main wind-force-resisting system or a wind-resisting component listed in the wind-force-resisting

system quality-assurance plan prepared by Owner.

E. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and

inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the

Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on re-testing and re-inspecting.

F. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, notices, receipts for fee payments, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

G. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated.

Page 22: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 4000 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Quality Requirements OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

H. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.

I. Re-testing/Re-inspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including re-testing and re-inspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.

J. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Owner and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Owner and Contractor of irregularities or deficiencies in the Work observed during

performance of its services. 2. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or

accept any portion of the Work. 3. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

K. Associated Services: Cooperate with testing agencies and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting.

Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment.

L. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

M. Special Tests and Inspections: At Owner’s direction, engage a qualified testing/inspection agent to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

B. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.

END OF SECTION

Page 23: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 4200 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 References OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 01 4200

REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.

B. Abbreviations and Acronyms: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council; www.aabc.com. 2. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association; www.aamanet.org. 3. AAPFCO - Association of American Plant Food Control Officials; www.aapfco.org. 4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials;

www.transportation.org. 5. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists; www.aatcc.org. 6. ABMA - American Bearing Manufacturers Association; www.americanbearings.org. 7. ACI - American Concrete Institute; (Formerly: ACI International); www.concrete.org. 8. ACPA - American Concrete Pipe Association; www.concrete-pipe.org. 9. AEIC - Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The); www.aeic.org. 10. AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association; www.afandpa.org. 11. AGA - American Gas Association; www.aga.org. 12. AHAM - Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org. 13. AHRI - Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (The); www.ahrinet.org. 14. AI - Asphalt Institute; www.asphaltinstitute.org. 15. AIA - American Institute of Architects (The); www.aia.org. 16. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aisc.org. 17. AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org. 18. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction; www.aitc-glulam.org. 19. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; www.amca.org. 20. ANSI - American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org. 21. AOSA - Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.; www.aosaseed.com. 22. APA - APA - The Engineered Wood Association; www.apawood.org. 23. APA - Architectural Precast Association; www.archprecast.org. 24. API - American Petroleum Institute; www.api.org. 25. ARI - Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 26. ARI - American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 27. ARMA - Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association; www.asphaltroofing.org. 28. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers; www.asce.org. 29. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (See ASCE). 30. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers;

www.ashrae.org. 31. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers); www.asme.org. 32. ASSE - American Society of Safety Engineers (The); www.asse.org. 33. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org. 34. ASTM - ASTM International; (American Society for Testing and Materials International);

www.astm.org. 35. ATIS - Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; www.atis.org. 36. AWEA - American Wind Energy Association; www.awea.org. 37. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org. 38. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com.

Page 24: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 4200 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 References OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

39. AWPA - American Wood Protection Association; (Formerly: American Wood-Preservers' Association); www.awpa.com.

40. AWS - American Welding Society; www.aws.org. 41. AWWA - American Water Works Association; www.awwa.org. 42. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com. 43. BIA - Brick Industry Association (The); www.gobrick.com. 44. BICSI - BICSI, Inc.; www.bicsi.org. 45. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association);

www.bifma.com. 46. BISSC - Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org. 47. BWF - Badminton World Federation; (Formerly: International Badminton Federation);

www.bwfbadminton.org. 48. CDA - Copper Development Association; www.copper.org. 49. CEA - Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca. 50. CEA - Consumer Electronics Association; www.ce.org. 51. CFFA - Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc.; www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com. 52. CFSEI - Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org. 53. CGA - Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com. 54. CIMA - Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org. 55. CISCA - Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association; www.cisca.org. 56. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute; www.cispi.org. 57. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute; www.chainlinkinfo.org. 58. CPA - Composite Panel Association; www.pbmdf.com. 59. CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute (The); www.carpet-rug.org. 60. CRRC - Cool Roof Rating Council; www.coolroofs.org. 61. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; www.crsi.org. 62. CSA - Canadian Standards Association; www.csa.ca. 63. CSA - CSA International; (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services); www.csa-

international.org. 64. CSI - Construction Specifications Institute (The); www.csinet.org. 65. CSSB - Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org. 66. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute); www.cti.org. 67. CWC - Composite Wood Council; (See CPA). 68. DASMA - Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association; www.dasma.com. 69. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute; www.dhi.org. 70. ECA - Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA). 71. ECAMA - Electronic Components Assemblies & Materials Association; (See ECIA). 72. ECIA ? Electronic Components Industry Association; www.eciaonline.org 73. EIA - Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 74. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com. 75. EJMA - Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.ejma.org. 76. ESD - ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association); www.esda.org. 77. ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA). 78. EVO - Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org. 79. FIBA - F?d?ration Internationale de Basketball; (The International Basketball Federation);

www.fiba.com. 80. FIVB - F?d?ration Internationale de Volleyball; (The International Volleyball Federation);

www.fivb.org. 81. FM Approvals - FM Approvals LLC; www.fmglobal.com. 82. FM Global - FM Global; (Formerly: FMG - FM Global); www.fmglobal.com. 83. FRSA - Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc.;

www.floridaroof.com. 84. FSA - Fluid Sealing Association; www.fluidsealing.com. 85. FSC - Forest Stewardship Council U.S.; www.fscus.org. 86. GA - Gypsum Association; www.gypsum.org. 87. GANA - Glass Association of North America; www.glasswebsite.com. 88. GS - Green Seal; www.greenseal.org. 89. HI - Hydraulic Institute; www.pumps.org.

Page 25: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 4200 - 3 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 References OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

90. HI/GAMA - Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association; (See AHRI). 91. HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (See NAAMM). 92. HPVA - Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association; www.hpva.org. 93. HPW - H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.; www.hpwhite.com. 94. IAPSC - International Association of Professional Security Consultants; www.iapsc.org. 95. IAS - International Accreditation Service; www.iasonline.org. 96. IAS - International Approval Services; (See CSA). 97. ICBO - International Conference of Building Officials; (See ICC). 98. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 99. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.; www.icea.net. 100. ICPA - International Cast Polymer Alliance; www.icpa-hq.org. 101. ICRI - International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.; www.icri.org. 102. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission; www.iec.ch. 103. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The); www.ieee.org. 104. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (Formerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of North

America); www.ies.org. 105. IESNA - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America; (See IES). 106. IEST - Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iest.org. 107. IGMA - Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance; www.igmaonline.org. 108. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association; www.igshpa.okstate.edu. 109. ILI - Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; www.iliai.com. 110. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA);

www.intertek.com. 111. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); (Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and

Automation Society); www.isa.org. 112. ISAS - Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (The); (See ISA). 113. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; (Formerly: International Solid Surface

Fabricators Association); www.isfanow.org. 114. ISO - International Organization for Standardization; www.iso.org. 115. ISSFA - International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA). 116. ITU - International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.int/home. 117. KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; www.kcma.org. 118. LMA - Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA). 119. LPI - Lightning Protection Institute; www.lightning.org. 120. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com. 121. MCA - Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org. 122. MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. 123. MFMA - Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.metalframingmfg.org. 124. MHIA - Material Handling Industry of America; www.mhia.org. 125. MIA - Marble Institute of America; www.marble-institute.com. 126. MMPA - Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; (Formerly: Wood Moulding & Millwork

Producers Association); www.wmmpa.com. 127. MPI - Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 128. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.; www.mss-

hq.org. 129. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org. 130. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International);

www.nace.org. 131. NADCA - National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 132. NAIMA - North American Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.naima.org. 133. NBGQA - National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.; www.nbgqa.com. 134. NCAA - National Collegiate Athletic Association (The); www.ncaa.org. 135. NCMA - National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma.org. 136. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 137. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet.org. 138. NeLMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; www.nelma.org. 139. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association; www.nema.org. 140. NETA - InterNational Electrical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org.

Page 26: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 4200 - 4 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 References OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

141. NFHS - National Federation of State High School Associations; www.nfhs.org. 142. NFPA - NFPA; (National Fire Protection Association); www.nfpa.org. 143. NFPA - NFPA International; (See NFPA). 144. NFRC - National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org. 145. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 146. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.org. 147. NOFMA - National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA). 148. NOMMA - National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association; www.nomma.org. 149. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net. 150. NRMCA - National Ready Mixed Concrete Association; www.nrmca.org. 151. NSF - NSF International; (National Sanitation Foundation International); www.nsf.org. 152. NSPE - National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org. 153. NSSGA - National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association; www.nssga.org. 154. NTMA - National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The); www.ntma.com. 155. NWFA - National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org. 156. PCI - Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; www.pci.org. 157. PDI - Plumbing & Drainage Institute; www.pdionline.org. 158. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association);

www.plasa.org. 159. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections; www.boltcouncil.org. 160. RFCI - Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com. 161. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodinspection.com. 162. SAE - SAE International; (Society of Automotive Engineers); www.sae.org. 163. SCTE - Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www.scte.org. 164. SDI - Steel Deck Institute; www.sdi.org. 165. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org. 166. SEFA - Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association; www.sefalabs.com. 167. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers; (See ASCE). 168. SIA - Security Industry Association; www.siaonline.org. 169. SJI - Steel Joist Institute; www.steeljoist.org. 170. SMA - Screen Manufacturers Association; www.smainfo.org. 171. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association;

www.smacna.org. 172. SMPTE - Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers; www.smpte.org. 173. SPFA - Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance; www.sprayfoam.org. 174. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau; www.spib.org. 175. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Industry; www.spri.org. 176. SRCC - Solar Rating and Certification Corporation; www.solar-rating.org. 177. SSINA - Specialty Steel Industry of North America; www.ssina.com. 178. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; www.sspc.org. 179. STI - Steel Tank Institute; www.steeltank.com. 180. SWI - Steel Window Institute; www.steelwindows.com. 181. SWPA - Submersible Wastewater Pump Association; www.swpa.org. 182. TCA - Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org. 183. TCNA - Tile Council of North America, Inc.; (Formerly: Tile Council of America); www.tileusa.com. 184. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.tema.org. 185. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association; (Formerly: TIA/EIA - Telecommunications

Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance); www.tiaonline.org. 186. TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 187. TMS - The Masonry Society; www.masonrysociety.org. 188. TPI - Truss Plate Institute; www.tpinst.org. 189. TPI - Turfgrass Producers International; www.turfgrasssod.org. 190. TRI - Tile Roofing Institute; (Formerly: National Tile Roofing Manufacturing Association);

www.tileroofing.org. 191. UBC - Uniform Building Code; (See ICC). 192. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; www.ul.com. 193. UNI - Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association; www.uni-bell.org. 194. USAV - USA Volleyball; www.usavolleyball.org.

Page 27: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 4200 - 5 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 References OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

195. USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council; www.usgbc.org. 196. USITT - United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.; www.usitt.org. 197. WASTEC - Waste Equipment Technology Association; www.wastec.org. 198. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.wclib.org. 199. WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association; www.wcmanet.org. 200. WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association; www.wdma.com. 201. WI - Woodwork Institute; (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of California); www.wicnet.org. 202. WMMPA - Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; (See MMPA). 203. WSRCA - Western States Roofing Contractors Association; www.wsrca.com. 204. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org.

C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. DIN - Deutsches Institut f?r Normung e.V.; www.din.de. 2. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org. 3. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 4. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

Page 28: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 29: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 5000 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Temporary Facilities and Controls OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20151026 -10 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 01 5000

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Use Charges: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated.

B. Water and Electric Construction Power: Available from Owner's existing system without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.

C. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

D. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in ICC A117.1.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS – NOT USED

2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

A. Provide field offices, storage and fabrication sheds, and other support facilities as necessary for construction operations and as approved by Owner. Store combustible materials apart from building.

2.3 EQUIPMENT

A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with Owner for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections

for temporary services.

B. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 1. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned

and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.

C. Heating and/or cooling: Provide temporary heating and/or cooling required for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.

D. Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.

Page 30: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 5000 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Temporary Facilities and Controls OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20151026 -10 RFP #R-20451-20

3.2 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Install project identification and other signs in locations approved by Owner to inform the public and persons seeking entrance to Project.

B. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Use of Owner’s existing elevators is contingent upon approval by Owner’s Project Manager. If elevator usage is permitted, elevators shall be cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. At Substantial Completion, restore elevators to condition existing before initial use, including replacing worn cables, guide shoes, and similar items of limited life.

3.3 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.

B. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials.

C. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.

D. Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas occupied by Owner from fumes and noise.

E. Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities. Comply with NFPA 241.

3.4 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL

A. Before installation of weather barriers, protect materials from water damage and keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 1. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 2. Remove standing water from decks. 3. Keep deck openings covered or dammed.

B. After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, protect as follows: 1. Do not load or install drywall or porous materials into partially enclosed building. 2. Discard water-damaged material. 3. Do not install material that is wet. 4. Discard, replace, or clean stored or installed material that begins to grow mold. 5. Perform work in a sequence that allows any wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing

the material in drywall or other interior finishes.

3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

Page 31: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 5000 - 3 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Temporary Facilities and Controls OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20151026 -10 RFP #R-20451-20

B. Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion.

C. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period.

END OF SECTION

Page 32: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 33: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 6000 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Product Requirements OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 01 6000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

B. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. 1. Show compliance with requirements for comparable product requests. 2. Architect will review the proposed product and notify Contractor of its acceptance or rejection.

C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Show compliance with requirements.

D. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products, select product compatible with products previously selected.

E. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of

construction spaces. 2. Deliver products to Project site in manufacturer's original sealed container or packaging,

complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 3. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure

that products are undamaged and properly protected. 4. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 5. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight

enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.

F. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES

A. Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged, and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at the time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, and other devices and components

needed for a complete installation and the intended use and effect. 2. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 3. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish

salient characteristics of products.

B. Where the following headings are used to list products or manufacturers, the Contractor's options for product selection are as follows: 1. Products:

a. Where requirements include "one of the following," provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements.

b. Where requirements do not include "one of the following," provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements or a comparable product.

Page 34: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 6000 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Product Requirements OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

2. Manufacturers: a. Where requirements include "one of the following," provide a product that complies with

requirements by one of the listed manufacturers. b. Where requirements do not include "one of the following," provide a product that complies

with requirements by one of the listed manufacturers or another manufacturer. 3. Basis-of-Design Product: Provide the product named, or indicated on the Drawings, or a

comparable product by one of the listed manufacturers.

C. Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.

D. Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.

2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS

A. Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents that it

is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.

2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications.

3. List of similar installations for completed projects, if requested. 4. Samples, if requested.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

Page 35: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 7000 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Execution & Closeout Requirements OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 01 7000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Cutting and Patching: 1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Owner of locations

and details of cutting and await directions from Owner before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching.

2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

3. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Owner's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities.

B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.

1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.

B. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit 2 copies of manual.

D. PDF Electronic File: Assemble manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media.

E. Record Drawings: Submit 2 set(s) of marked-up record prints.

F. Record Digital Data Files: Submit data file and 1 set(s) of plots.

G. Record Product Data: Submit 2 paper copies and 1 electronic .pdf file of each submittal.

1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.

B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Before requesting Substantial Completion inspection, complete the following: 1. Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use

of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, property surveys, similar final record information, warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.

3. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in other sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Owner.

4. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.

Page 36: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 7000 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Execution & Closeout Requirements OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Before requesting Substantial Completion inspection, complete the following: 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 6. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency

responders. 7. Remove temporary facilities and controls. 8. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 9. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.

D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Owner will proceed with inspection or advise Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Owner will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will advise Contractor of items that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1.4 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment. 2. Submit certified copy of Owner's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed

or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Owner. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved.

3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

4. Submit pest-control final inspection report.

B. Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Owner will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Owner will prepare final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will advise Contractor of items that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as

incomplete is completed or corrected.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

B. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use

products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.

2.2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION

A. Directory: Prepare a single, comprehensive directory of emergency, operation, and maintenance data and materials, listing items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information.

Page 37: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 7000 - 3 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Execution & Closeout Requirements OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

B. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize manual into separate sections for each system and subsystem, and separate sections for each piece of equipment not part of a system.

C. Organize data into three-ring binders with identification on front and spine of each binder, and envelopes for folded drawings. Include the following: 1. Manufacturer's operation and maintenance documentation. 2. Maintenance and service schedules. 3. Maintenance service contracts. Include name and telephone number of service agent. 4. Emergency instructions. 5. Spare parts list and local sources of maintenance materials. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Copies of warranties. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims

2.3 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Record Prints: Maintain a set of prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. Mark to show actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. 1. Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING"

in a prominent location.

B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Owner. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings compatible with AutoCAD Release 2000.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning site work, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.

B. Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates. 2. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems. 3. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

D. Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication.

E. Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

F. Surface and Substrate Preparation: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for preparation of substrates to receive subsequent work.

3.2 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND FIELD ENGINEERING

A. Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks.

Page 38: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 7000 - 4 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Execution & Closeout Requirements OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations.

C. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

D. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed.

E. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights

directed by Owner.

F. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

G. Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.

3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Provide temporary support of work to be cut.

B. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

C. Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas.

D. Cutting: Cut in-place construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. 1. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent

surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

E. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections. 1. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining

construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. 2. Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and

repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance.

3. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.

Page 39: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 7000 - 5 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Execution & Closeout Requirements OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

3.5 CLEANING

A. Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work

area, as appropriate. 3. Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

B. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion: 1. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities. Sweep paved

areas; remove stains, spills, and foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface.

2. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. 3. Remove labels that are not permanent. 4. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors. Remove excess glazing compounds. 5. Clean exposed finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films, and foreign substances.

Sweep concrete floors broom clean. 6. Vacuum carpeted surfaces and wax resilient flooring. 7. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and foreign

substances. Clean plumbing fixtures. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors.

3.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL PREPARATION

A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

B. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. 1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are unavailable and where

the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.

C. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams.

3.7 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

A. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. Include a detailed review of the following: 1. Include instruction for basis of system design and operational requirements, review of

documentation, emergency procedures, operations, adjustments, troubleshooting, maintenance, and repairs.

END OF SECTION

Page 40: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 41: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 7419 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Constr. Waste Mgmt. and Disposal OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 01 7419

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. OU Facility Management will provide for and haul off a roll off construction waste dumpster at no expense to the Contractor. The Contractor shall coordinate with OU Facility Management on the location of the construction waste dumpster. Contractor shall provide the OU Facilities Management Project Manager 48 hours’ notice of the dumpster needing to be emptied.

B. Action Submittals: 1. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 5 days of date established for commencement of

the Work that maximizes salvage and recycling of materials.

C. Informational Submittals: 1. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Submit concurrent with each Application for Payment.

Include total quantity of waste, total quantity of waste salvaged and recycled, and percentage of total waste salvaged and recycled.

2. Records of Donations and Sales: Receipts for salvageable waste donated or sold to individuals and organizations. . Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

3. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. 4. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. 5. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for

recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations.

D. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved certification program.

E. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3000 "Administrative Requirements." Review methods and procedures related to waste management.

F. Waste Management Plan: Develop a waste management plan consisting of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan. 1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: Identify materials that will be salvaged and reused. 2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: Identify materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations,

include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: Identify materials that will be donated to individuals and

organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials

each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 5. Cost/Revenue Analysis: Indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there was no waste

management plan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing waste management plan.

Page 42: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 01 7419 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Constr. Waste Mgmt. and Disposal OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

PART 2 - PRODUCTS – NOT USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.

B. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site. 1. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan

procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal.

3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE

A. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Clean salvaged items and store in a secure area until delivery to Owner.

B. Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door frames. Except for removing door closers, leave door hardware attached to doors.

C. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs.

D. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size.

E. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage.

3.3 RECYCLING WASTE

A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.

B. Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site.

For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.

3.4 DISPOSAL OF WASTE

A. Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Do not burn waste materials.

END OF SECTION

Page 43: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 02 4119 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Selective Demolition OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 02 4119

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain Owner's property. Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner. Include fasteners or brackets needed for reattachment elsewhere.

B. Pre-demolition photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements. Submit before Work begins.

C. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.

D. Hazardous materials are present in Work area. If hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. Coordinate staging of demolition with OU ACMS and project manager.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with EPA regulations and with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DEMOLITION

A. Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. Before proceeding with demolition, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of the building.

B. Locate, identify, shut off, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.

C. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.

D. Perform demolition in a manner that maximizes salvage and recycling of materials.

1. Dismantle existing construction and separate materials.

2. Set aside reusable, recyclable, and salvageable materials; store and deliver to collection point or point of reuse.

E. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.

Page 44: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 02 4119 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Selective Demolition OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

F. Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.

G. Provide temporary weather protection to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas.

H. Requirements for Building Reuse:

1. Maintain existing building structure (including structural floor and roof decking) and envelope (exterior skin and framing, excluding window assemblies and nonstructural roofing material) not indicated to be demolished; do not demolish such existing construction beyond indicated limits.

2. Maintain existing interior nonstructural elements (interior walls, doors, floor coverings, and ceiling systems) not indicated to be demolished; do not demolish such existing construction beyond indicated limits.

I. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.

J. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill. Do not burn demolished materials.

K. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.

END OF SECTION

Page 45: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 03 3000 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Cast-In-Place Concrete OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20150320 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 03 3000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Submittals: Product Data, concrete mix designs, and submittals required by ACI 301.

B. Ready-Mixed Concrete Producer Qualifications: ASTM C 94/C 94M.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," and with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed.

B. Plain Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn.

C. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, as drawn, flat sheet.

D. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II.

E. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F.

F. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120.

G. Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, amorphous silica.

H. Aggregates: ASTM C 33 Class 3M coarse aggregate or better, graded. 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 1 inch.

I. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.

J. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C 494, water reducing, high-range water reducing and water reducing and retarding. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.

K. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.

2.3 CONCRETE MIXTURES

A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301.

B. Normal-Weight Concrete: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3500 psi at 28 days. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.50. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches. 4. Air Content: Maintain within range permitted by ACI 301. Do not allow air content of slabs to

receive troweled finishes to exceed 6 percent.

Page 46: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 03 3000 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Cast-In-Place Concrete OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20150320 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

5. Use fly ash, pozzolan, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would otherwise be used, by not less than 40 percent.

6. For concrete exposed to deicing chemicals, limit use of fly ash to 25 percent replacement of portland cement by weight and granulated blast-furnace slag to 40 percent of portland cement by weight; silica fume to 10 percent of portland cement by weight.

C. Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116. 1. When air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONCRETING

A. Construct formwork according to ACI 301 and maintain tolerances and surface irregularities within ACI 347R limits of Class A, 1/8 inch for concrete exposed to view and Class B, 1/4 inch for other concrete surfaces.

B. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement.

C. Install construction, isolation, and contraction joints where indicated. Install full-depth joint-filler strips at isolation joints.

D. Place concrete in a continuous operation and consolidate using mechanical vibrating equipment.

E. Protect concrete from physical damage, premature drying, and reduced strength due to hot or cold weather during mixing, placing, and curing.

F. Formed Surface Finish: As indicated on drawings.

G. Slab Finishes: Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. Provide the following finishes:

H. Cure formed surfaces by moisture curing for at least seven days.

I. Begin curing concrete slabs after finishing. Keep concrete continuously moist for at least seven days.

J. Polished Concrete Floor Treatment: Apply polished concrete finish system to cured and prepared slabs. 1. Machine grind floor surfaces level and smooth and to depth required to reveal aggregate. 2. Apply penetrating liquid floor treatment according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Continue polishing with progressively finer polishing pads to gloss level required. 4. Neutralize and clean polished floor surfaces.

K. Protect concrete from damage. Repair and patch defective areas.

END OF SECTION

Page 47: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION INDEX 23 00 00 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS INDEX Section Title Number of Pages 23 00 10 Basic Mechanical Requirements 8 23 05 29 Pipe Hangers and Supports 2 23 05 53 Identification 3 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 5 23 07 10 Insulation 8 23 21 13 Hydronic Piping, Fitting, & Valves 8 23 21 15 Piping Specialties 3

Owen Gwin
New Stamp
Page 48: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 10 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 23 00 10

BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Provide labor, equipment, and materials necessary for the installation of the work specified herein and shown on the drawings. Labor shall be performed by qualified tradesmen. Equipment and materials shall be new and of manufacturer's most recent model or type, unless otherwise specified.

B. General, Special, and Supplementary Conditions (and Requirements),

Instructions to Bidders, and Division 1, if bound herewith (or included in an accompanying volume), apply to the work in this Section. Work of other trades included in this contract shall comply with the applicable Sections of this Specification.

C. Examine the drawings and specifications for this branch of the work and

drawings and specifications of the other branches of work. Visit the site to become familiar with existing conditions. Attend pre-bid meetings and submit requests for clarification in writing. Read answers to requests for clarification submitted by all contractors. Submitting a bid signifies that all conditions which have a bearing in any way on the manner of providing the work are known and included in the bid.

D. Systems and equipment included in the work shall be provided such that they are

complete and operable. Provide all work, including work of other trades, required to render systems and equipment complete and operable, unless such items are specifically included in the work of another contractor, as defined by the contract documents. Work of other trades shall be performed by an approved tradesman or subcontractor.

E. Scope of work includes work made necessary by field conditions that are

apparent during an inspection of the construction site, even though some such conditions may not be indicated in the Contract Documents.

F. Testing and Balancing and Commissioning work as specified herein shall be

applied to new systems and components provided in this project, and to existing systems and components which are reused and/or modified.

1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. The drawings are diagrammatic representations of the work. Do not scale the drawings to determine exact locations, distances, or sizes. Take field measurements to make these determinations.

B. In drawing notes and specifications, the following definitions apply:

C. "Approved" means approved in writing by the Engineer.

Page 49: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 10 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

D. "As shown" (or "as indicated" or "as described") means as shown on the drawings and/or described in the specifications.

E. "Contract documents" means the drawings and all sections of the Specifications

(including General, Special and Supplementary Conditions, and Instructions to Bidders) taken together.

F. “Contractor’s documents” means all documents submitted by the contractor.

G. "Provide" means furnish and install.

H. The "work" means all labor, material, and equipment described by the contract

documents.

I. Work of other trades" means work included in this contract that is normally described in other Sections of the Specifications. (Such work may be described in this Section of this Specification. If it is, the description given in this Section is intended to supplement descriptions of the work given in other Sections of this Specification.)

1.3 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS

A. Contractor shall obtain all other necessary permits and pay for inspections re-quired by state or local governing agencies.

1.4 CODES AND STANDARDS:

A. Work and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the following codes and standards:

1. 2015 International Building Code,

2. 2015 International Mechanical Code,

3. 2015 International Plumbing Code,

4. 2015 International Fuel Gas Code

5. 2006 International Energy Efficiency Code,

6. Current National Electric Code

7. NFPA

8. Other Codes and Standards referenced herein.

B. Provide evidence that electrical equipment and materials meet the standards of

Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). The listing Mark or Classification Marking of UL displayed on the equipment will be accepted as evidence of such compliance.

Page 50: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 10 - 3 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit shop drawings and catalog literature of equipment and systems being provided as part of this work. Submittals shall show size, weight, arrangement, capacities, performance curves, construction details, connection details, wiring and flow diagrams, finish and color, and other features as applicable, to show compliance with the contract documents and suitability for the job requirements. Specific features, characteristics, sizes, model numbers, options, accessories, and all other information necessary to fully identify the items being provided shall be clearly marked on the submittals. Submittals provided without such marking of applicable features shall be returned unreviewed for correction and resubmittal.

B. Submit samples of materials if asked to do so.

C. Do not release any equipment for manufacture or shipment to the job until

submittals have been returned with Engineer's stamp indicating "No Exceptions Noted."

D. Stamp, initial, and date submittals before submitting them for Engineer's review.

Contractor's stamp shall be taken as indication that the Contractor has reviewed the submittals and certifies that it complies with the contract documents and is suitable for the job requirements. Engineer's review will not be a thorough review for contract compliance, and no change in the contract requirements shall be inferred from the Engineer's notations, lack of notations, or affixing of the "No Exceptions Noted" stamp to a submittals.

1.6 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Keep a set of the contract and coordination drawings at the job site on which a running record of changes in routing of services and location of equipment shall be kept in a neat and legible manner. Engineer may require evidence that record drawings are up to date prior to approval of pay requests. Record Drawings shall not be used for construction purposes.

B. At the completion of the job, the record drawings shall be given to the Owner. If

documents are not provided in a neat and legible manner, Engineer reserves the right to require Contractors to transfer information to clean document copies.

1.7 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

A. At the completion of the project, all changes in the work from the Contract Drawings required as a result of coordination, field conditions, addenda, bulletins, or other reasons shall be incorporated by the contractor, into the AutoCAD drawings developed by the Engineer. Engineer will provide AutoCAD files of contract drawings for Contractor’s use for this exclusive purpose. As-Built drawings shall be done in AutoCAD, version 14 or later. One full-size print copy of all As-Built drawings shall be given to the Engineer and one copy to the Owner. One copy of all As-Built Drawings AutoCAD files shall be given each to the Engineer and the Owner on diskette, CD-ROM, or through direct e-mail. Coordinate format requirements with Owner and Engineer prior to submittal of

Page 51: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 10 - 4 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

AutoCAD files, to ensure functionality and compatibility with the respective computer systems of each.

1.8 MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

A. Provide maintenance and operating manuals bound in 8 ½ inch x 11 inch hardback, three-post binders. Manuals shall contain written instructions for each system, shop drawings, schematic drawings, equipment catalog cuts and manufacturers' instructions.

B. Arrange information in the following sequence: project title, Owner's name and

address, date of submittals, name of Contractor, name of Engineer, index, shop drawings, operating instructions, Contractor's purchase order numbers, suppliers' names, phone numbers, and addresses, date of startup of each piece of equipment, and date of Owner’s acceptance of each piece of equipment.

C. Submit one copy for review. Make required corrections, and submit six record

copies. 1.9 TRAINING, DEMONSTRATION, AND START-UP PROCEDURES

A. All contractors shall have completed the Operating and Maintenance Manuals,

submitted them for review, made corrections, and provided final copies prior to scheduling training sessions.

B. The contractor shall provide factory-trained instructor(s) (manufacturer’s

representatives) to give full instruction to designated personnel in the operation of each major system installed. Instructors shall be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the subject matter they are to teach. The contractor shall provide all students with a student binder containing product specific training modules for the system installed. All training shall be held during normal working hours for the facility on weekdays, and shall be at times convenient to, and scheduled by, the Owner.

C. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with arranging for

equipment manufacturers’ representatives to participate in the training, start-up, and instructional sessions for major equipment/systems for which they are required.

D. Provide training after the systems have been installed, checked, and successfully

commissioned. Training shall consist of a mix of classroom style and hands-on training for major/more complex systems and equipment (e.g., direct digital controls systems, pumping packages, air handling systems, chillers, boilers, steam PRV stations, chemical treatment systems, utilities metering, etc.), including in-field demonstration of operation of all components in all operating modes designated for the project. Training for less-complex systems may focus more upon in-field demonstrations and detailed instructions, in addition to the other requirements stated in this Section.

E. A detailed, proposed, syllabus and schedule for the training sessions and field

demonstration of equipment shall be submitted to Owner and Engineer for review and approval prior to scheduling training sessions. In conjunction with the O & M

Page 52: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 10 - 5 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

manuals, each contractor shall supplement those materials with written descriptions of each system/components’ maintenance procedures and troubleshooting guides.

F. Scheduling of all demonstrations and walk-throughs shall be formally requested

in writing at least one month in advance of the intended dates, and shall be requested from the Owner’s Representative, the Engineer and/or commissioning authority, and the construction manager (where applicable).

G. Automatic Temperature Controls: (Where applicable to the Project) ATC

contractor shall provide, as a minimum, two four-hour formal class-room-style training sessions covering all aspects of the controls system operation for Owner’s designated operating personnel. Training shall include, but not be limited to:

1. Explanation of drawings, operations and maintenance manuals

2. All controlled systems’ points shall be described in detail

3. All alarm limits, alarm messages, and controlled variables’ setpoints shall

be reviewed

4. All graphic programming modules shall be reviewed line-by-line

5. Walk-through of the job to locate all control components

6. DDC controllers and Application Specific Controllers’ operation/functions

7. Operator control functions including graphic generation and field panel programming

8. Operation of portable operator’s terminal or configuration tools

9. Explanation of adjustment, calibration and replacement procedures

10. Student binder with training modules

1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Utilize benchmarks provided when taking measurements. Take all field measurements necessary to properly provide the work. Do not rely on measurements taken or provided by others or scaled from drawings.

1.11 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, UTILITIES, AND FACILITIES

A. Protect existing buildings, grounds, utility lines, and equipment from damage resulting from work performed. Verify locations of underground utilities, or those otherwise obscured from view, in the vicinity of the work before work commences. If any item is damaged, promptly repair or replace it to the satisfac-tion of Owner.

Page 53: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 10 - 6 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

B. Provide secure housings during construction for job tools, material and equipment. Protect materials and equipment at all times from weather and other exposure to water and extreme temperatures and humidity. Materials or equipment sustaining damage in any way shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer.

C. Protect roofs by using plywood planking to cover walkways and work areas on

roofs; materials used, and methods, shall be subject to Architect’s approval. Make roof penetrations and install curbs and flashing in accordance with roofing manufacturer's recommendations. Obtain written certification from roofing manufacturer that work has been done properly and that roof warranty has not been voided or altered.

1.12 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Contract Document with minimum of 5 years documented experience, unless otherwise stated in individual component specifications.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work in this Contract Document with a minimum of 5 years documented experience, unless otherwise stated in individual component specifications..

C. Acceptable Products And Basis Of Design

1. Wherever in the contract documents products are specified by manufacturers' names, base bids on the named products. Where more than one manufacturer's name is mentioned, the first listed establishes the standard and basis of design for that product. If a product of a manufacturer other than that listed first is used, it must be the equivalent of the one listed first. If revisions in piping, conduit work, foundations, anchor bolts, connections, etc., are required by other named products or approved substitutions, the cost of engineering and installing such revisions shall be borne by the Contractor.

2. The inclusion of a manufacturer's name in the specifications does not imply that all of that manufacturer's standard products and options are acceptable. Manufacturers shall modify their standard offerings, if necessary, to comply with the contract documents.

1.13 WORK IN EXISTING BUILDINGS

A. Routing of services must be verified in the field. Anticipate and provide for minor deviations in routing and configuration. No extra costs will be allowed because of such deviations.

B. If asbestos, PCB's, or other hazardous materials are encountered in the course

of the work, stop work in the vicinity of such materials and report their presence to the Owner. Owner will arrange for proper removal and disposal of hazardous materials.

1.14 CLEAN UP

Page 54: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 10 - 7 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

A. Daily dispose of trash and debris caused by this work. Remove trash from the site and keep emergency egress paths clear. Sweep floors and hidden surfaces above false ceilings daily in work areas.

B. Recycle/salvage any demo equipment, when applicable, into the appropriate provided waste receptacles.

C. Recycle any packaging material used for shipping parts or equipment into the appropriate provided waste receptacles.

1.15 WARRANTY

A. Keep this work and every part thereof, in perfect condition, usual wear excepted, for a period of one year beginning upon the later of either the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner (after successful operation has been demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer) or the date of issuance of certificate for final payment, unless another date is established and agreed upon between the Owner and Contractor. Remedy, without expense to the Owner, any and all defects, whether in material, workmanship, or operation, that may become apparent during this period. This warranty shall include all labor, materials, and services necessary to permanently correct the deficiencies.

PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.1 ACCESS PANELS

A. Supply access panels, which may or may not be shown on the drawings, in walls and plaster or dry wall ceilings for items requiring maintenance or adjustments, such as dampers, valves, or controls. Panels shall be installed by the General Contractor.

B. Items requiring access shall be located above removable ceiling panels where

possible.

C. Access panels shall be Inryco-Milco style "K" for plastered ceilings, and style "M" for tile or non-plastered walls. Panels shall have hinged doors with cam locking device and prime coat paint finish.

D. Before installation of panels, secure the Architect's approval on the locations,

sizes, and types. Ceiling access panels requiring shoulder entry shall be at least 18 x 24 in.; those requiring hand entry shall be at least 12 x 12 in., and large enough to reach all items.

E. Designate removable ceiling panels required for access to items requiring

maintenance. This Contractor shall mark these panels in a manner acceptable to the Owner, Architect, and Engineer.

2.2 CONCRETE WORK, ANCHOR BOLTS, ETC.

A. Provide concrete equipment pads and other concrete work as shown, or as required, for all equipment provided. Equipment pads shall be four (4) inches thick (above finished floor, or above grade), unless indicated otherwise. Finished tops of pads shall be flat and level to within 1/8 IN. tolerance end-to-end and side-to-side, and shall not have “ripples” or other irregularities.

Page 55: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 00 10 - 8 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

B. Concrete shall consist of ASTM C150 cement, Type I or II, and shall have a

minimum compressive strength of 4,000 PSI 28 days after pouring. Concrete shall have 6% +/- 1.5% air entrainment.

C. Mix shall be very dense so as to be waterproof after setting.

D. Formwork shall be preformed galvanized systems.

E. Reinforcing steel shall be ASTM A615 or ASTM 616 and placement shall

conform with requirements of ACI-318.

F. Fasten equipment to pads with anchor bolts and nuts. Provide anchor bolts of size recommended by manufacturer with 3 inch hook and sleeve.

G. Equipment pads to receive grouted-in bases shall have a rough level surface.

H. After installation of equipment, this Contractor shall level equipment with steel

shims, tighten anchor bolts and grout between equipment base and concrete pad using Embeco no. 713 nonshrink, high strength grout meeting the requirements of CRD-C588-76, 78A. Minimum grout thickness shall be 3/4 inch Grout shall be mixed and placed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's directions.

2.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Do all cutting and core drilling required for heating, ventilating and air conditioning work. Core drill holes and grout in sleeves for piping. Work shall be done by a qualified tradesman. Finish patching of wall surfaces shall be performed by the General Contractor.

2.4 PAINTING

A. Touch up equipment having factory finishes wherever finish is damaged, and provide other specified painting.

B. All exposed metal, factory-primed equipment, (for example, but not limited to:

pump bases, fan bases, structural supports for heat exchangers or other equipment, expansion tanks, air separators, air vents, blowdowns, etc.), shall be finish painted in accordance with the Owner’s mechanical systems color standards. Color guidelines shall be furnished to the Contractors by the Owner’s representative, and all final color assignments shall be approved by said representative.

END OF SECTION

Page 56: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORT 23 05 29 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 23 05 29

PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Provide pipe hangers and supports for all piping work in these contracts. 1.2 Pipe hangers and supports shall conform to MSS-SP-58 Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Approved manufacturers: Grinnell, Elcen, Fee and Mason.

A. All brackets, clamps, supports, and hangers shall be of an approved type, acceptable to the Engineer.

B. Hanger loops shall be Grinnell Fig. 260 adjustable wrought clevis hangers with

two nuts on rod tightened securely to clamp clevis in place. Loop for supporting copper pipe or copper tubing shall be electrocopper plated.

C. Trapeze hangers may be used when two or more lines are installed parallel and

at the same elevation.

D. Wall-mounted steel bracket pipe supports shall be Grinnell Fig. 194 light welded steel bracket. This bracket shall be primed, and shall have a sufficient load-bearing capability for the service, but not less than 750 lbs.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 All piping shall be supported in an approved manner at not to exceed the following

intervals, unless otherwise directed or approved by the Engineer.

Pipe Size Max. C-C Hangers ¾ inch and smaller 6 ft 1 inch through 8 inch 10 ft 10 inch and larger 15 ft

3.2 All insulated lines 5 inch and larger, shall be provided with Grinnell pipe covering

protection saddles at each hanger. Saddles shall be of proper depth corresponding to respective thickness of insulation.

3.3 Hanger rods shall be steel, and have the following diameters when used to hang a single

pipe:

Nominal Pipe Size Rod Diameter 14 inch pipe 1 inch 8 inch through 12 inch pipe 7/8 inch 6 in pipe 3/4 inch 4 inch and 5 inch pipe 5/8 inch 2 ½ inch and 3 inch pipe ½ inch 2 inch and smaller pipe 3/8 inch

Page 57: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORT 23 05 29 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

3.4 Hanger rods used for hanging multiple pipes shall be determined by calculating the weight of all pipes, including internal fluids, and including insulation. The weight attributed to one hanger shall be the weight of all pipes in one-half the C-C distance as shown above. The weight per foot of all unique trapeze assemblies shall be calculated and sent to the Engineer as part of the submittal.

Weight per Foot Rod Diameter up to 65 lbs/ft 1 inch up to 55 lbs/ft 7/8 inch up to 20 lbs/ft ¾ inch up to 15 lbs/ft 5/8 inch up to 10 lbs/ft ½ inch up to 5 lbs/ft 3/8 inch

3.5 All eye rods used for hangers shall have welded eyes. 3.6 Provide beam clamps for securing hanger rods to bar joist or steel beams. Provide

additional steel angles between bar joist or beams as necessary. 3.7 Vertical pipes passing through floor slabs in shafts and walls shall be supported from

slabs using Grinnell figure 261 riser clamps. 3.8 Risers with horizontal connections to equipment shall be supported from floor using pipe

legs or angle supports. 3.9 Chain, perforated iron, or wire hangers will not be permitted. Hanging one pipe from

another will not be permitted. 3.10 Reinforcement of joists is required at all pipe hangers located 6 inches or more from a

joist panel point, and which supports 4 inch pipe or larger or supports more than one 3 inch pipe or larger.

END OF SECTION

Page 58: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

IDENTIFICATION 23 05 53 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 23 05 53

IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Pipe Markers

B. Stencils

C. Tags

D. Nameplates

E. Automatic Temperature Controls Devices Identification

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 22 - Plumbing

1.3 REFERENCES

A. ASME/ANSI A13.1 - Scheme for the identification of piping systems

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for mechanical identification.

B. Submit valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function,

and valve manufacturer’s name and model number.

C. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required.

D. Manufacturer’s Installation instructions: Indicate special procedures and installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

A. Seton Name Plate, Inc.

B. Brady

C. Westline Products

2.2 TAGS: 1½ in. dia. brass, stamped letters attached with brass jack chain. 2.3 PIPE MARKERS: Vinyl plastic with pressure sensitive adhesive, 1½ in. banding tape,

single head directional arrows.

Page 59: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

IDENTIFICATION 23 05 53 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

2.4 IDENTIFICATION: Exact identification of the material contained in piping shall be according to the following tables. (Refer also to Piping Identification Schedule.)

ANSI BAND AND LETTER SIZE

Outside Diameter of Pipe Covering

Width of Color Band Size of Legend and Numerals

3/4" to 1-1/4" 8” ½” 1-1/2" to 3" 8” ¾” 3-1/2" to 6" 12” 1-1/4”

8" to 30" 24” 2-1/2” PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Verify with Owner the method of identification and colors selected prior to application.

B. Identification system shall be in accordance with ASME/ANSI A13.1.

C. Piping

1. Provide single-headed directional arrows, 1 inch by 4½ inch, immediately

adjacent to pipe identification markers, to indicate the directions of flow. Arrows shall be black.

2. Tape arrows onto each pipe whether insulated or not. Pipe markers and

arrows shall be located where readily visible and on lower quadrant of overhead pipes.

3. On bare pipes or pipes covered with insulation, attach the pipe markers

and arrows directly. Wrap the binding tape around the marker and arrow so as not to obscure the identification.

4. Apply markers close to valves, at branch takeoffs, and where pipes pass

through walls and floors, at intervals not to exceed 20 FT., and at connections to equipment.

5. On loose or chalky insulation, prepare surface for markers, secure

markers with binding tape.

6. Markers, arrows, and tape shall be of the colors designated in the schedule.

D. Valves

1. Apply a brass tag with chain to each valve, stamped with the number and service. Indicate on shop drawings the location and number of the valves. Provide owner with 8½ x 11 inch 3-hole, note book sheets showing valve numbers, size, service, and location.

E. Equipment

Page 60: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

IDENTIFICATION 23 05 53 - 3 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

1. Stencil on each major piece of equipment the name and function (i.e., pumps, tanks, compressors, etc.) in approved, readable, location with 1 inch high letters, black on light background, yellow on dark background.

F. Casings and Ductwork

1. Casings shall be marked indicating which system. 2. Air handling units shall be marked indicating system and number.

3. Fans shall be marked indicating number and service, i.e., supply - SUP,

return - RET, and exhaust - EXH.

4. Ductwork shall be stenciled indicating the system with 4 inch high black letters.

G. Piping Identification Schedule

Service Background Color Identification Color Letters Natural Gas Blue Natural Gas White Domestic Cold Water Green Cold Water White Heating Hot W Supply Yellow HHWS Black Heating Hot W Return Yellow HHWR Black Chilled Water Supply Green CHWS White Chilled Water Return Green CHWR White Condenser Water Supply

Green CWS White

Condenser Water Return

Green CWR White

Steam Yellow Steam (with #PSIG)

Black

Condensate Return Yellow (LP,MP,or HP)CR

Black

H. Automatic Temperature Controls Devices

1. All devices and components of the automatic temperature controls systems, and all devices controlled by, monitored by, or interfaced in any way with, the temperature controls systems, shall have permanently-affixed labels identifying each item with the same nomenclature used on the controls shop drawings and submittals. Labels shall be provided by the Automatic Temperature Controls Contractor. Labeled devices shall include, for example, but not be limited to: sensors, relays, panels, actuators, controlled motors’ starters, airflow measuring stations, control transformers, etc. Label colors shall be subject to approval by Owner’s representative. Labels shall be one-inch high, and shall show the point names for each sensor, controller, and controlled device, i.e., motor starters, VFD’s, valves, dampers, etc. All room thermostats shall be marked with small labels indicating air handler service and room DDC point name. Air terminal units shall be labeled using either equipment labels or permanent black marking pen, with adequate size lettering so as to be readable from floor level.

END OF SECTION

Page 61: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 62: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 23 05 93 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 23 05 93

TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Testing, adjusting and balancing of air systems

1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Division 23 - Mechanical.

B. Division 26 - Electrical. 1.3 REFERENCES

A. AABC - National Standards for Total System Balance

B. ADC - Test Code for Grilles, Registers and Diffusers

C. NEBB - Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems

D. ASHRAE 11 - Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of

Building Healing. Ventilating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Systems

E. SMACNA - HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit name of testing, adjusting, and balancing agency.

B. Field Reports: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specific performance.

C. Prior to commencing work, submit report forms or outlines indicating adjusting,

balancing, and equipment data required.

D. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of project. Provide final copies for Engineer and owner for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals.

E. Provide reports in soft cover, letter size binders complete with index page and

indexing tabs, with cover identification at front side.

F. Include detailed procedure, agenda, sample report forms and a copy of Performance Guarantee.

G. Test Reports: Indicate data on AABC or NEBB forms containing information

indicated in schedules.

Page 63: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 23 05 93 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Agency: Company specializing in testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this Section with minimum five years documented experience.

B. Perform total system balance in accordance with AABC National Standards for

Field Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Balance, or NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing, Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems.

C. Work shall be performed by an AABC Certified Test and Balance Engineer,

NEBB Certified Testing/Balancing Supervisor, or registered Professional Engineer experienced in performance of this work and licensed in the State of Colorado. The individuals actually performing the work shall be certified by AABC or NEBB; reliance upon the company’s (not individual’s) certification shall not be acceptable.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - GENERAL PROCEDURE 3.1 SEQUENCING

Sequence work to commence after completion of systems. Schedule completion work in cooperation with other trades before substantial completion of project.

3.2 GENERAL PROCEDURE

A. Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions:

1. Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition.

2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable.

3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment.

4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in

addition to final filters.

5. Duct systems are clean of debris.

6. Fans are rotating in the correct direction.

7. Volume dampers are in place and open.

8. Air coil fins are cleaned and combed.

9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place.

10. Hydronic systems are flushed, filled and vented.

11. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place.

Page 64: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 23 05 93 - 3 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

12. Air outlets and inlets are installed and connected.

13. Duct system leakage is minimized, and required leakage tests have been successfully completed and approved by the Engineer.

14. Service and balancing valves are open.

B. Submit field reports. Report defects during performance of services which

prevent system balance.

C. Beginning of work shall signify acceptance of existing conditions.

D. Provide instruments required for testing, adjusting and balancing operations. Make instruments available to the Engineer to facilitate spot checks during testing.

E. Hydronic Systems: Adjust to within 10 percent of design.

3.3 ADJUSTING

A. Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions.

B. Permanently mark settings of dampers and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops.

C. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or

that such disruption has been rectified.

D. Leave systems in proper working order, replace belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors and restoring thermostats to specified settings.

E. At final inspection, re-check random selections of data recorded in report. Re-

check points or areas as selected and witnessed by Owners. 3.4 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS

A. The following systems and related equipment shall be tested, adjusted and balanced.

1. Chilled water systems for Lab Tank Equipment.

3.5 REPORT FORMS: Provide for all listed components that are included in the work.

A. Title Page

1. Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency

2. Address of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency

3. Telephone number of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency

4. Project name

Page 65: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 23 05 93 - 4 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

5. Project location

6. Project Engineer

7. Project Contractor

8. Report date

B. Summary Comments

1. Design versus final performance

2. Notable characteristics of system

3. Description of systems operation sequence

4. Nomenclature used throughout report

5. Test conditions

C. Instrument List

1. Instrument

2. Manufacturer

3. Model number

4. Serial number

5. Range

6. Calibration date

7. Calibration method and Traceability

D. Fish Tank Chiller Equipment Data:

1. Identification/number and characteristics (verify supply/return piping connections are correct)

2. Location

3. Service

4. Manufacturer

5. Water flow, design and actual

6. Entering water temperature, design and actual

7. Leaving water temperature, design and actual

Page 66: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 23 05 93 - 5 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

8. Water pressure drop, design and actual

END OF SECTION

Page 67: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 68: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

INSULATION 23 07 10 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 23 07 10

INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Piping insulation

B. Equipment insulation

C. Duct insulation

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 23 05 53 - Identification

B. Section 23 21 13 - Hydronic Piping

C. Section 23 31 10 - Ductwork

1.3 REFERENCES

A. ASTM-B209 Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. B. ASTM C177 - Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission

Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus.

C. ASTM C195 - Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulation Cement.

D. ASTM C335 - Steady-State Heat Transfer Properties of Horizontal Pipe Insulation.

E. ASTM C449 - Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing

Cement.

F. ASTM C518 - Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus.

G. ASTM C533 - Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation.

H. ASTM C534 - Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in

Sheet and Tubular Form.

I. ASTM C547 - Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation.

J. ASTM C552 - Cellular Glass Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation.

K. ASTM C553 - Mineral Fiber Blanket and Felt Insulation.

L. ASTM C585 - Inner and Outer Diameters of Rigid Thermal Insulation for Nominal Sizes of Pipe and Tubing (NPS System).

Page 69: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

INSULATION 23 07 10 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

M. ASTM C610 - Expanded Pearlite Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation.

N. ASTM C612 - Mineral fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation.

O. ASTM C921 - Properties of Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation.

P. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

Q. ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.

R. NFPA 255 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

S. UL 732 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

T. Commercial and Industrial Insulation Standards published by MICA.

1.4 GENERAL

A. Insulation shall be designed and installed in accordance with the "Commercial & Industrial Insulation Standards" published by MICA.

B. Insulation, jackets, tapes, adhesives, mastics and insulating cements on the

exterior surfaces of ducts and equipment shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and smoke developed rating of 50 or less as required by ASTM-E-84, NFPA 255 And UL 723. Smoke rating for pipe insulation shall not exceed 100.

C. The insulation thickness for all items specified herein shall be equal to or greater

than the requirements of the "Code for Energy Conservation in New Buildings Construction."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING INSULATION

A. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

1. Schuller

2. Owens-Corning

3. Certain-Teed Manson

4. Knauf

5. Armstrong Cork Co.

6. Pittsburgh – Corning

7. Rubatex Corp.

8. Speed-Line Manufacturing

Page 70: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

INSULATION 23 07 10 - 3 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

9. Southern Textile

10. Alfa Corp

11. Cub-Co.

12. Childers Products Co.

13. Partek North American

14. Pabco 15. Fibrex

2.2 PIPING (40 to 450 0F) - GLASS FIBER, TYPE I

A. Concealed

1. Piping shall be covered with premolded sections of glass fiber insulation having nominal density of 4 lb/cu ft. Insulation shall have a factory-applied, ASJ jacket with self-sealing adhesive lap, or an equivalent field secured lap and shall be stapled with outward-clinching staples. Butt joints shall be secured with butt strips of the same material as the jacket and stapled with outward-clinching staples.

2. Fittings, valves, strainers, and unions 3 inch and smaller shall be covered

with glass fiber blanket insulation compressed 4 inch to 1 inch insulation shall be secured with 20 ga wire and covered with a layer of vapor barrier tape, applied with 50 percent overlap or premolded PVC insulated fitting covers may be used.

3. Fittings, valves, strainers and flanges 4 inch and larger shall be covered

with mitered segments of insulation, the same as that specified for the pipe, secured with tape; or premolded PVC insulated fitting covers may be used.

B. Exposed

1. Piping, fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, and unions shall be insulated as heretofore specified, except that the insulation shall be finished with a field-applied 0.016 inch thick, stucco embossed, caulked aluminum jacket.

2. Provide caulked aluminum jacket for insulation exposed to the outside

weather conditions. For exterior (outside building) applications, provide insulation with vapor barrier jacket. Cover with caulked aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal sections. Installation shall be such that standing or running water cannot backflow into seams.

2.3 PIPING (0 to 60 0F) - CELLULAR ELASTOMERIC, TYPE II

A. Concealed

Page 71: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

INSULATION 23 07 10 - 4 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

1. Piping shall be covered with premolded sections of cellular elastomeric or rubber insulation. Sections of insulation shall be joined and sealed with contact adhesive. To resist compression of the insulation at hangers, wood dowels or blocks of the size recommended by the manufacturer and the same thickness as the insulation shall be placed between the pipe and shields.

2. Fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, suction diffusers, and unions shall be

covered with mitered segments of pipe insulation of same thickness as the insulation on the adjacent pipe. Joints shall be sealed with contact adhesive.

B. Exposed

1. Piping, fittings, valves, strainers flanges, suction diffusers, and unions shall be insulated as heretofore specified, except that the insulation shall be finished with a field-applied 0.016 inch thick stucco-embossed aluminum jacket.

2.4 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE - NOMINAL INSULATION THICKNESS

Piping System

Temp Range OF

Runouts up to 2 inch

Less than 1 inch

1 to < 1-1/2 inch

1-1/2 to < 4 inch

4 to < 8 inch

8 inch and Larger

Type

CHWS 40-60 1 1 1 1 ½ 1 ½ 1 ½ I CHWR 40-60 1 1 1 1 ½ 1 ½ 1 ½ I HHWS 120-200 1 1 1 1 1 ½ 1 ½ I HHWR 120-200 1 1 1 1 1 ½ 1 ½ I DCW 40-75 1 1 1 1 1 1 II DHW 100-140 1 1 1 1 1 1 I Cond. 40-60 1 1 1 1 - - I Refrigerant 0-45 1 ¾ 1 1 1 1 ½ II

Abbreviations: CHWS/CHWR - Chilled Water Supply/Return; CS/CR - Condenser Water Supply/Return; HHWS/R – Heating Hot Water Supply/Return; DCW/DHW - Domestic Cold/Hot Water; HP/LP - High/Low Pressure; Cond. – Condensate

2.5 VALVES AND STEAM TRAPS

A. Temperature control valves and pressure reducing valves shall be insulated with removable, flexible insulating jackets. Float and thermostatic steam traps shall be insulated with removable, flexible insulating jackets.

B. Flexible jackets shall be Insulation Technology, Inc. or equal, fiberglass core with

silicone-impregnated fiberglass fabric jacket (minimum 25% silicone by weight), and belts with stainless steel buckles or Velcro straps.

2.6 EQUIPMENT INSULATION

Page 72: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

INSULATION 23 07 10 - 5 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

A. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

1. Schuller

2. Knauf

3. Owens-Corning

4. AC and S

5. Southern Textile

6. Alpha Corp.

7. Childers Products Co.

8. Partek North American

9. Pabco

10. Fibrex

B. Air eliminator tanks (40 to 60 deg F) shall be insulated with 1½ in. thick 3 lb/cu ft density, rigid wrap-around glass fiber insulation with factory applied ASJ jacketing. Flanges and access plates shall not be covered, but the insulation shall be beveled back to permit the removal of bolts.

1. The insulation shall be finished with a field applied 22 OZ/SQ.YD.

minimum, rewettable glass cloth jacket.

C. Chilled water storage tanks (40 to 60 deg F): Tank shall be insulated with 1½ in. thick 3 lb/cu ft density, rigid wrap-around glass fiber insulation with factory applied ASJ jacketing.

1. The insulation shall be finished with a field applied 22 OZ/SQ.YD.

minimum, rewettable glass cloth jacket.

D. Heat Exchangers

1. Heat exchangers shall be covered with 3 IN. calcium silicate, ASTM C-533, Type I, 14.0 LB/CU.FT. density, pre-molded block sections, sealed joints. Field-applied jacket of 22 OZ/SQ.YD. glass cloth, rewettable type, sealed lap joints.

2.7 DUCTWORK INSULATION

A. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

1. Schuller

2. Owens-Corning

3. Certain-Teed Manson

Page 73: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

INSULATION 23 07 10 - 6 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

4. Knauf

5. AC & S

6. Southern Textile

7. Alpha Corp.

8. Rubatex Corp.

9. Armstrong Co.

B. Round and Oval – Concealed

1. Ductwork shall be covered with 1½ in. thick, ¾ lb/cu. ft. density, glass fiber blanket insulation with an FSK facing.

2. Joints shall be constructed by lapping the facing a minimum of 2 in.,

cementing with adhesive and stapled with outward clinching staples. Insulation shall be vapor sealed at all staples and joints with tape or mastic.

C. Rectangular – Concealed

1. Ductwork shall be covered with 1½ in. thick, ¾ lb/cu. ft. density, glass fiber blanket insulation with an FSK facing. Insulation shall be secured to ductwork with adhesive. In addition, insulation on the bottom of horizontal ductwork and all sides of vertical ductwork 24 in. wide shall be impaled on pins welded to duct on 12 in. to 18 in. centers and secured with washers slipped over the pins.

2. Joints shall be constructed by overlapping the facing a minimum of 2 in.,

cementing with adhesive and stapling with outward clinching staples. Insulation shall be vapor sealed at all staples, pins and joints.

D. Round and Oval – Exposed

1. Ductwork shall be covered with 1½ in. thick, 3 lb/cu. ft. density, rigid wrap-around glass fiber insulation with a factory applied ASJ jacketing.

2. Joints shall be constructed by lapping the jacket a minimum of 3 in.,

stapling with outward clinching staples and sealing with vapor barrier tape.

3. The insulation shall be finished with a 22 oz/sq yd minimum, rewettable

glass cloth.

4. Cellular elastomeric sheets may be used in lieu of glass fiber.

E. Rectangular – Exposed

Page 74: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

INSULATION 23 07 10 - 7 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

1. Ductwork shall be covered with 1½ inch thick, 6 lb/cu ft density, rigid glass fiber board with an FSK facing. Insulation shall be held in place with pins welded on 12 inch to 18 inch centers and secured with washers.

2. Joints, pins and washers shall be sealed with 3 inch wide vapor barrier

tape.

3. Corner and edges of ductwork shall be reinforced with corner beads.

4. The insulation shall be finished with a field applied 22 oz/sq yd minimum, rewettable glass cloth jacket.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL

A. Verify that ductwork and piping have been successfully tested, and the results accepted by the Engineer, before applying insulation materials.

B. Verify that surfaces are clean and dry, and all foreign material has been

removed.

C. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

D. For all piping that is to be heat-traced, coordinate requirements of heat-tracing and insulation manufacturers, and install the heat tracing and insulation products in accordance with manufacturers’ requirements. Refer to Piping Heat Tracing Specifications.

3.2 PIPING

A. Piping to be insulated:

1. Chilled water supply and return piping.

B. Piping and items not to be insulated:

1. Safety relief valves and piping beyond valves. 2. Air vent lines.

3. Drain lines.

4. Flow measuring devices.

5. Do not apply insulation over pipe plugs, blind nipples, nameplates,

inspection stamps, or identification tags.

C. Piping not exposed to view such as above furred ceilings, in furred walls and in shafts shall be considered concealed; all other piping exposed to view shall be considered exposed.

D. Insulation on hot piping shall not penetrate fire resistant rated floor and fire walls.

Page 75: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

INSULATION 23 07 10 - 8 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

E. Insulation on cold piping (0 to 60 deg F) shall not penetrate fire resistant rated

floors and walls, but shall be sealed at floors and walls.

F. Insulation for cold piping (0 to 60 deg F) shall be continuous through the pipe hanger.

G. Temperature control valves shall have removable insulated covers.

H. This contractor shall install saddles, furnished by the piping contractor, between

the pipe hangers and insulation.

I. For exterior (outside building) applications, provide insulation with vapor barrier jacket. Cover with caulked aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal sections. Installation shall be such that standing or running water cannot backflow into seams.

J. Fire Stopping

1. The space between the pipe and pipe sleeve, for piping penetrating all

floors, walls of all equipment rooms, and fire-resistive walls, shall be packed with 1000 DEGF glass fiber insulation and then filled with Monokote fire-proofing cement.

K. Patching

Where new connections are made into existing piping/ductwork, or where insulation has been removed on existing piping/ductwork, the insulation shall be patched with like materials.

END OF SECTION

Page 76: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

HYDRONIC PIPING, FITTINGS, AND VALVES 23 21 13 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2 100% Submittal

SECTION 23 21 13

HYDRONIC PIPING, FITTINGS, AND VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) D. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section 9 E. ANSI - Power Piping Code B31.1 F. AWS - American Welding Association G. MSS - NSP69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports H. Local Codes In Force at Project Site

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Manufacturer's specifications shall be submitted for the materials to be supplied. B. Product Data: Provide product data for manufacturer’s products, piping materials,

and assemblies required for this project. Include component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. Include product description, model, and dimensions.

1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Maintain all pipe and valve materials clean and free from rust, dirt, scale and the intrusion of foreign matter. All piping and valves shall be stored on wooden supports and not on the ground.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Approved manufacturers: Pipe and pipe fittings manufacturers shall be subject to

approval by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. 2.2 Piping materials shall be compatible with the intended system use and conform to all

applicable standards, codes and ordinances. 2.3 Performance characteristics shall be as herein listed and specified in the schedules

upon the following pages for specific intended services. 2.4 Victaulic-type couplings and pipe shall only be used for final connections to equipment,

where so indicated or required, and only where specifically approved by the Engineer.

Page 77: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

HYDRONIC PIPING, FITTINGS, AND VALVES 23 21 13 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2 100% Submittal

SYSTEM: CHILLED WATER (CHWS/R) – Above Ground SERVICE RANGE: 0-150 PSIG; 32-120 DEG. F TESTING: 200 PSIG HYDROSTATIC FOR TWO HOURS

ITEM

SIZE (IN.)

DESCRIPTION

PIPE ½ thru 2 Carbon Steel Standard weight ASTM A-53, type F, threaded and coupled, ANSI B36.10. Or Copper type L hard ASTM B88 seamless.

2½ thru 30 Carbon steel standard weight ASTM A-53 grade B ERW beveled ends ANSI B36.10.

TYPE OF JOINT ½ thru 2 Threaded NPT Or Soldered, with J.W. Harris Bridgit or Engelhard Silvabrite.

FITTINGS ½ thru 2 Malleable iron ASTM A-197 150 lb. ANSI B16.3 threaded ends black. Or Wrought copper solder ends.

2½ thru 30

Carbon steel ASTM A-106 Grade B schedule 40 welded ends.

NIPPLES ½ thru 2 Carbon steel ASTM A-106 Grade B schedule 40 welded ends. Or Wrought copper ground solder end or threaded.

UNIONS ½ thru 1 Malleable iron 300 lb. class ASTM A-197 bronze to iron seats. Or Wrought copper ground solder end or threaded.

Page 78: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

HYDRONIC PIPING, FITTINGS, AND VALVES 23 21 13 - 3 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2 100% Submittal

FLANGES 2½ thru 30 Weld neck forged steel ANSI 150 lb. class ASTM A-105 standard bore raised face ANSI B16.5 EXCEPTION: Use flat face flanges when mating with flat faced flanges on valves or equipment. Or Wrought copper solder end or threaded.

GASKETS ½ thru 30 1/16 in. thick ANSI 150 lb. ring type compressed synthetic fiber with SBR binder. (Use FF gaskets with FF flanges) APPROVED GASKETS: Garlock “Blue Guard” style 3200; Chesterton 195

THREAD SEALANT

Teflon ribbon 1/2in. wide x 4 mils thick

BOLTS Machine bolts: Alloy Steel ASTM A-193A-193M Grade B7, Thread ANSI B1.1 Class 2A Heavy Hex Nuts: Alloy Steel ASTM A-194A/194M Grade 2H Thread ANSI B1.1 Class 2B

BALL VALVES ½ thru 4 Ball Valve 300 lb WOG rating Body: Bronze ASTM B-61 Trim: Hard Chrome plated bronze ball and stem Seats and Seals: RTFE (Reinforced Teflon) Ends: Screwed NPT Features: Blow-out proof stem 150 PSIG rating at 366 deg. F APPROVED VALVES: Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Series 80-100; Crane 930-TRE; Jenkins 900-T; Stockham S-216-BR-R-T; Jamesbury 351; Powell 4210 T.

BALANCING VALVES

½ thru 2 Globe or ball style, ANSI 125 lb Class or 250 lb class, threaded Body: Bronze Seat: TFE or Teflon disc APPROVED VALVES: Bell & Gossett Circuit Setter Plus, Armstrong CBV-T, Tour & Anderson Series 787 or 787-U STAD

Page 79: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

HYDRONIC PIPING, FITTINGS, AND VALVES 23 21 13 - 4 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2 100% Submittal

BALANCING VALVES

2½ + larger

Globe or ball style, ANSI 125 lb Class or 250 lb class, flanged. Body: Cast Iron Seat: TFE or Teflon disc APPROVED VALVES: Bell & Gossett Circuit Setter, Armstrong CBV-G, Tour & Andersson Series 788 STAF-SG

PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3.1 GENERAL

A. Perform all construction in a manner conforming to the best accepted practice of the trade and to the governing codes. Piping and equipment shall be installed by qualified tradesmen.

B. Use of specified fittings only is acceptable. There shall be no mitering or

swaging of pipe or fittings.

C. Where connection is made between steel pipe and copper tubing, between steel pipe and brass pipe, and between piping and equipment, nozzles, and materials dissimilar from the pipe material, the connection shall be made with a dielectric union.

D. During assembly of piping connections to equipment, care shall be exercised to

avoid any stresses on equipment due to misalignment or thermal expansion and contraction.

E. Where drawings show termination of services, services shall be tagged for

identification and include valved connections.

F. Provide a suitable block valve between two systems, which shall be rated for the heavier system, with a pressure relief valve, temperature relief valve, check valve, or other suitable safety device, to be installed to protect the lighter or less corrosive system.

G. Where connections are required to existing systems, drain existing systems as

required to execute new work, then refill system and re-establish proper system fill/operating pressures. Verify that all entrained air is removed after refill, and coordinate replenishment of chemical water treatment with Owner and Owner’s chemical treatment supplier.

3.2 JOINTS

A. Ream all pipe ends and thoroughly clean all piping, fittings, valves and other work before connections are made.

B. Bolt holes on flanged fittings shall straddle the centerline unless otherwise

Page 80: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

HYDRONIC PIPING, FITTINGS, AND VALVES 23 21 13 - 5 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2 100% Submittal

specified.

C. Wherever flanges with raised faces are joined to companion flanges with a flat face, the raised face shall be machined down to a smooth matching surface and a full-face gasket shall be used.

D. Welded joints shall be fusion-welded in accordance with ANSI B31.1, except as

modified hereinafter. Changes in direction of piping shall be made with welding fittings only, and mitering or notching pipe to form elbows and tees, or other similar type construction, shall not be permitted.

E. Tees shall be used for branch connections 1/3 of main size or larger. Weld-O-

Lets or Thread-O-Lets may be used for smaller size branch connections.

F. Threading and assembly of threaded joints in piping shall be straight and true to ensure tight joints with no crossed threads. Except in the case of glycerine, litharge, or similar sealing dopes, pipe dope shall be used only as a lubricant.

G. Where seal welding or screwed joints are specified, no pipe dope or lubricant of

any type shall be used. 3.3 WELDING

A. Comply with all requirements of the Owner regarding welding in the facility, including, but not limited to, notification/permission documents to perform welding, coordination of permissible times welding may be performed, safety and fire prevention program requirements, and all other requirements stated by the Owner.

B. Welding shall be performed by certified welders and shall comply with the

requirements of ANSI/ASME B31.1.

C. If requested, the contractor shall submit to the Owner, for each welder, evidence of qualification consisting of forms Q-1C "Record of Welder Qualification Tests on Groove Welds" certifying compliance with section IX of the ASME code. Test papers shall not be more than five years old.

D. Welds found to be defective shall be removed and shall be replaced with new

welds without additional cost to the Owner. Peening of defective welds or the application of additional beads to such defective welds will not be considered acceptable methods of repair.

E. Furnish and apply fire blankets to protect equipment, flammable materials, and

the building structure from the heat of welding.

F. Furnish and install protective curtains and shields to protect personnel from welder's flash.

3.4 PIPE SLEEVES

A. For pipes passing through walls and fire rated ceilings/floors, sleeves with machine cut ends made of standard weight steel pipe, two sizes larger than the pipe for which they are intended, shall be set in place by this contractor as new building construction progresses.

Page 81: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

HYDRONIC PIPING, FITTINGS, AND VALVES 23 21 13 - 6 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2 100% Submittal

B. In existing buildings, holes shall be core drilled and sleeves grouted in place.

Holes shall be neatly cut, and damage to surrounding surfaces shall be minimized. Sleeves shall be grouted in place. General Contractor shall provide final patching of surfaces.

C. Sleeves in mechanical spaces shall finish 4 in. above floor, 1 in. above floor for

all other areas, and be flush with the structure below. Wall sleeves shall finish flush with wall line.

D. The annular space between the sleeve and pipe shall be packed with 800 deg. F

glass fiber and finished with 3M 303 Fire Barrier Putty, Dow Corning 3-6548 silicone RTU Foam, Monokote, or USG Thermafiber. The fire resistance rating of the floors and walls shall be maintained.

E. Pipe sleeves for chilled water piping shall be of size to permit continuous

insulation of pipes through all except fire/smoke rated walls or floors.

F. Penetrations through floors, roofs, and fire resistant rated walls shall meet ASTM E814 standards and UL 1479. In addition, pipe penetrations through roofs shall be provided with weatherproof curbs as indicated on the drawings, or as directed by the Engineer, and as required to be compatible with the roof construction methods and materials.

G. Escutcheon Plates: Floor plates shall be nickel plated cast iron, bell type, to fit

over projecting sleeves. Wall and ceiling plates shall be Beaton and Cadwell, Keeney, or approved equal, nickel plated steel, split plates with set screw.

3.5 THERMAL EXPANSION

A. Expansion and contraction in piping systems shall be compensated for with pipe bends, loops, or offsets.

B. Stress relieving requirements of ANSI B31.1 are to be followed where applicable.

3.6 DRAINING AND VENTING

A. Where pipe lines must slope, the slope must be uniform and without pockets. All parts must be completely drainable and piping must be installed so as to avoid liquid or air pockets throughout the work.

B. Where necessary for proper drainage and venting of pipe lines, eccentric

reducing fittings shall be used. No bushings are allowed for drainage or venting of pipe lines.

C. Where using eccentric reducers to connect liquid headers of different sizes,

Contractor shall install the headers with the top of pipes and reducers in a single continuous plane. On steam and air lines where eccentric reducers are used, the Contractor shall install the headers with the bottom of the pipes and reducers in a single continuous plane.

D. Provide air vent valves at all high points and drain valves at all low points of

piping systems.

Page 82: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

HYDRONIC PIPING, FITTINGS, AND VALVES 23 21 13 - 7 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2 100% Submittal

3.7 FLUSHING SYSTEM

A. Furnish all necessary material and equipment to thoroughly flush all piping. Flush after pressure test for a minimum of 4 hours.

B. Fill with solution of water and non-foaming, phosphate-free detergent, 3%

solution by weight. Circulate for minimum of 8 hours.

C. Refill system with clean water, circulate at least for 4 hours.

D. Systems shall be flushed with potable water until clear water is flowing to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative.

E. Flushing and cleaning shall ensure the removal of scale, rust, weld metal or

foreign objects before piping is tested.

F. Break sufficient connections in each system, prior to testing, to gain access to all parts for the removal of foreign materials. Remove all gages, filters, thermometers, instruments, and strainers that might obstruct the systems, or be harmed by excessive pressures used. Replace all components above after flush completion.

G. Where micromesh strainers are used during system flushing, these shall be

removed after flushing is completed and replaced with the mesh specified, or as appropriate for the intended service. Clean all strainers prior to acceptance of work by the Owner.

3.8 TESTING

A. Test all piping work in accordance with the unit piping specifications and/or as required to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative, the Engineer, and all authorities having jurisdiction. Make all tests in the presence of the Owner's Representative, Engineer, or representatives of such authority. Give ample advance notice of such test, furnish all equipment required, and pay all costs. Confirm acceptance of any or all parts of the system by Owner's Representative, in writing, with copies as follows:

1. Two copies to the Owner's Representative 2. One copy to the Engineer

B. Obtain certificates of approval, when required, and provide to the Owner's Representative.

C. All buried, concealed or insulated piping shall be tested while still visible

throughout, and prior to application of insulation.

D. Hydrostatic test: Systems receiving this test shall be charged with water to the pressure specified. Exterior surface of pipe and fitting shall show no cracks or other forms of leaks. Minimum test duration indicated shall be subsequent to inspection of last joint.

E. All defects appearing during test shall be remedied immediately, at the

Contractor's expense, and the lines retested to the complete satisfaction of all authorities, the Owner's Representative, and the Engineer.

Page 83: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

HYDRONIC PIPING, FITTINGS, AND VALVES 23 21 13 - 8 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2 100% Submittal

3.9 COMMISSIONING OF SYSTEMS

A. All Contractors shall provide all services as required in Section 23 08 00 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC, in addition to the testing, flushing, and cleaning requirements described herein.

END OF SECTION

Page 84: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 21 15 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 23 21 15

PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Section includes:

A. Strainers B. Pressure Gauges C. Thermometers D. Test Plugs E. Air Vents F. Vacuum Breakers G. Expansion Tank H. Air Separator

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STRAINERS

A. Strainers shall be Fisher, "Y" type. Strainers shall be of the same pressure class as the fittings in the line in which they are installed and shall have bodies of the same type material. Strainer baskets shall be stainless steel with standard perforations.

B. Other approved manufacturers: McAlear, Armstrong, Mueller Steam Specialty.

2.2 PRESSURE GAUGES

A. Pressure gauges shall be Trerice 500X 4 ½ Inch size with cast aluminum case, phosphor bronze bourdon tube, stainless steel rotary type movement, silver soldered joints, white dial faces with black letters and a black finished red tipped micrometer pointer, forged brass sockets, and an accuracy of ½ of 1 percent of scale, ANSI Grade 2A. Each gauge shall be provided with a 735-2 Needle Valve, 872-2 Snubber and gauge cocks for use on steam with an 885-1 Syphon.

B. Range shall be hot water 0-100 PSIG.

C. Other approved manufacturers: Ashcroft, Ametek, Weksler, Palmer, Weis.

2.3 THERMOMETERS

A. Thermometers shall be Trerice series B85600, adjustable angle, bi-metal, 5-inch dial type, with stainless steel case, hermetically sealed; dial with black figures and pointer. Provide recalibration screw for pointer adjustment. Dial range shall be such that intended service range falls near mid-range.

B. Approved alternate manufacturers: Ashcroft, Ametek, Weksler, Palmer, Weis.

2.4 TEST PLUGS

Page 85: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 21 15 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

A. Test plugs for piping shall be Pete's Plug or Sisco Plugs ¼ inch or ½ inch NPT

fitting of solid brass, capable of receiving either a pressure or temperature probe inch O.D. Dual seal core shall be neoprene for temperatures to 1000 0F, and be rated zero leakage from vacuum to 1000 PSIG.

2.5 AIR VENTS

A. Air vents for water piping system shall be Hoffman No. 79 or approved equal, automatic type only where specifically shown, otherwise manual type, suitable for 75 PSIG pressure.

B. Air vents for reheat coils, finned pipe radiation, and door heaters shall be Dole

Valve Co. NO. 14, or approved equal, air vent with removable key. 2.6 VACUUM BREAKER

A. Steam vacuum breakers shall be Hoffman NO. 62, 3 inch, set to open at a vacuum of 2 inch Hg., adjustable from 1/4 inch to 20 inch Hg. The minimum operating pressure shall be 150 PSIG.

B. Other approved manufacturers: Johnson Corp.

2.7 EXPANSION TANK (Where scheduled and/or shown on Drawings)

A. Carbon steel tank with heavy duty butyl rubber bladder, having a 1 inch NPT system connection, charging valve connection (standard tire valve), and 3/4 IN. NPT drain connection. Tank shall have an air pressure charge equal to the height of the building above the tank location, plus 4 PSIG, or as required, or indicated on the drawings.

B. Tank shall be ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII, Division 1,

certified and stamped for a maximum working pressure of 125 PSIG.

C. Tank shall be floor-mounted. Provide floor mounting skirt.

D. Approved manufacturers: Bell & Gossett Series “B”, Amtrol, Inc., Armstrong. 2.8 AIR SEPARATORS (Where scheduled and/or shown on Drawings)

A. Provide Bell & Gossett Rolairtrol, or equal, air separator where indicated on the drawings.

B. Approved alternate manufacturers: Amtrol, Inc., Armstrong.

C. Separator shall be constructed and stamped in accordance with ASME

requirements and have a maximum working pressure at 125 PSIG.

D. Tanks shall have inlet and outlet sizes as indicated on the drawings, and a 1-1/2 inch diameter air vent connection.

Page 86: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 21 15 - 3 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Each strainer shall be provided with a gate-valved blowoff. 3.2 For pressure gauges, provide 6 inch long branch pipe to valve for clearance of insula-

tion. Provide extension pipes for test plugs and vacuum breakers on insulated piping. 3.3 Gauges and thermometers shall be located so as to be easily read from the floor, and

shall be zero-adjusted for the final mounting position. Verify the final calibration of all thermometers and pressure gauges prior to installation.

3.4 All thermometers shall be provided with stainless steel separable sockets. Sockets shall

have extension necks for insulated piping. Thermometer wells shall be filled with heat transfer compound as required for the application, and of the characteristics recommended by the manufacturer.

3.5 Pipe outlet of air vent with 1/4 inch type L copper tubing to discharge, as directed, or

over floor drain Provide a globe valve in ½ inch connection to air vents. For automatic type air vents, valve off the air vent after initial system fill and venting is successfully completed.

3.6 Above ceilings, position air vents within 4 inch of suspended ceiling. 3.7 Install vacuum breakers on heat exchangers and preheat coils.

END OF SECTION

Page 87: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 88: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING SPECIFICATION INDEX 22 00 00 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS INDEX

Section Title Number of Pages 22 00 00 General Plumbing Provisions 7 22 05 00 Common Work for Plumbing 10 22 05 02 Plumbing Specialties 2 22 05 23 Plumbing Valves 6 22 05 29 Plumbing Hangers-Supports & Sleeves 8 22 05 53 Identification for Piping, Valves & Equipment 4 22 07 01 Plumbing Insulation 5 22 11 16 Domestic Water Piping 8 22 13 16 Sanitary & Vent Piping 8 22 42 00 Commercial Plumbing Fixtures & Trim 2

Owen Gwin
New Stamp
Page 89: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

GENERAL PLUMBING PROVISIONS 22 00 00 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 22 00 00

GENERAL PLUMBING PROVISIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and General provisions of the Contract, Including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Scope of Work. 2. Intent of Drawings.

3. Pre-Bid Site Visit.

4. Definitions.

5. General Standards of Materials.

6. Products and Substitutions.

7. Applicable Codes.

8. Guarantees and Certificates.

9. Quiet Operation and Vibration Control.

10. Temporary Shutdown of Existing Systems.

11. Coordination.

12. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.

13. Owner Instruction.

1.3 SCOPE OF WORK

A. The scope of the work included under Division 22 of the specifications shall include complete systems as shown in the Contract Documents and specified herein. Any work reasonably inferable or required to result in a complete installation or the intended operation and performance of the systems, shall be included in the Base Bid except where there is specific reference to exclusion and incorporation in other quotations.

Page 90: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

GENERAL PLUMBING PROVISIONS 22 00 00 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

1.4 INTENT OF DRAWINGS

A. Provide complete and functional systems for the project. The systems shall conform to the details stated in the specifications and shown on the drawings. Items or work not shown or specified, but required for complete systems, shall be provided and conform within accepted trade practices. The drawings and specifications are presented to define specific system requirements and serve to expand on the primary contract requirements of providing complete systems. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement and routing of the systems included in this contractor’s work.

B. Do not scale the drawings. Because of the scale of the drawings, it is not

possible to indicate offsets, fittings, valves, or similar items which may be required to provide complete operating systems. Carefully investigate conditions affecting the work associated with this project. Check and verify dimensions and existing conditions at the site. Install systems in such a manner that interferences between pipes, conduit, ducts, equipment, architectural and structural features are avoided. Provide items required to meet the project conditions without additional cost to the owner.

C. These documents may not explicitly disclose final details required for a complete

systems installation; however, contractors shall possess the expertise to include the necessary components of a complete and operating system.

D. Contractors shall have a minimum of 5 years in this type of construction and

understand the extent of the work required.

1.5 DEFINITIONS

A. Specific terminology, as used herein, shall have the following meanings:

1. "Furnish"...Supply and deliver to project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar subsequent requirements.

2. "Install"...Operations at project site, including unloading, unpacking,

assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar requirements.

3. "Provide"...Furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use.

4. "Concealed, Interior"...Concealed from view and protected from physical

contact by building occupants.

5. “Concealed, Exterior” …Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures.

6. "Exposed, Interior"...Exposed to view indoors (not concealed).

7. “Exposed, Exterior”…Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor

ambient temperatures and weather conditions.

Page 91: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

GENERAL PLUMBING PROVISIONS 22 00 00 - 3 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

8. “Finished Space” …Space other than mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, furred spaces, pipe chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, space above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawl spaces, tunnels, and interstitial spaces.

9. "Conditioned"...Spaces directly provided with heating and cooling.

10. "Unconditioned"...Spaces without heating or cooling including ceiling

plenums.

11. "Indoors"...Located inside the exterior walls and roof of the building.

12. "Outdoors"...Located outside the exterior walls and roof of the building.

13. “Atmosphere”…The same as outdoors. 1.6 GENERAL STANDARDS OF MATERIALS

A. Equipment and materials, unless otherwise noted, shall be new and of first quality, produced by manufacturers who have been regularly engaged in the manufacture of these products for a period of not less than five years.

B. Equipment of one type shall be the products of one manufacturer; similar items of

the same classification shall be identical, including equipment, assemblies, parts and components.

C. Materials furnished shall be determined safe by a nationally recognized testing

organization, such as Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation, and materials shall be labeled, certified or listed by such organizations. Where third party certification is required for packaged equipment, the equipment shall bear the appropriate certification label.

D. With respect to custom made equipment or related installations which are

constructed specially for this project, the manufacturer shall certify the safety of suck equipment on the basis of test data. The Owner shall be furnished copies of such certificates.

1.7 PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Where a specific manufacturer's product is specified, the Contract Amount shall be based on that product only. Any substitutions from the specified product shall be offered as a Substitution Request. Substitutions shall not be permitted after the bidding phase without a Substitution Request Form included with the bid.

B. Where several manufacturers’ products are specified, the Contract Amount shall

be based upon the specified products only. Any substitutions from the specified products shall be offered as a Substitution Request. Substitutions shall not be permitted after the bidding phase without a Substitution Request Form included with the bid.

C. Where only one manufacturer's product is specified, the associated systems

have been designed on the basis of that product. Where several manufacturers’ products are specified, the associated systems have been designed on the basis

Page 92: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

GENERAL PLUMBING PROVISIONS 22 00 00 - 4 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

of the first-named manufacturer's product. When products other than those used as the basis of design are provided, the contractor shall pay additional costs related to submissions review, redesign, and system and/or structure modifications required by the use of that product.

D. It is the intent of these specifications that service organizations such as balancing

agencies follow the above substitution procedures. 1.8 APPLICABLE CODES

A. Materials furnished and work installed shall comply with all applicable codes, with the requirements of the local utility companies, and with the requirements of governmental departments or authorities having jurisdiction.

1.9 CODES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS

A. Materials furnished and work installed shall comply with the International Plumbing Code, the International Building Code, the International Energy Conservation Code, the National Fire Protection Association, requirements of the local utility companies, and with authorities having jurisdiction. Materials and equipment furnished for the electrical portion of the plumbing systems shall comply with the National Electrical Code and bare the approval label of or shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.

B. Plumbing Contractor shall provide labor, materials, services, apparatus and

drawings required to comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, whether or not shown on the drawings and/or specified.

C. Plumbing contractor shall obtain and pay for required permits associated with

approval and installation of plumbing systems and associated appurtenances. 1.10 GUARANTEES AND CERTIFICATES

A. Defective equipment, materials or workmanship, including damage to the work provided under other divisions of this contract, shall be replaced or repaired at no extra cost to the Owner for the duration of the stipulated guarantee periods.

1. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, the duration of the guarantee

period shall be one (1) year following the date of Substantial Completion. Temporary operation of the equipment for temporary conditioning, testing, etc., prior to occupancy will not be considered part of the warranty period.

1.11 QUIET OPERATION AND VIBRATION CONTROL

A. Equipment and associated items shall operate under conditions of load without sound or vibration deemed objectionable by the Architect. In the case of moving equipment, sound or vibration noticeable outside of the room in which it is installed, or noticeable within the room in which it is installed, shall be deemed objectionable. Sound or vibration deemed objectionable shall be corrected in an approved manner. Vibration control shall be provided by means of approved vibration isolators and installed in accordance with the isolator manufacturer's recommendations.

Page 93: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

GENERAL PLUMBING PROVISIONS 22 00 00 - 5 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

B. The sound pressure levels around plumbing equipment (pumps, motors, etc.) in

equipment spaces shall not exceed 85 dBA at any point three (3) feet from the equipment, with all equipment in the room operating. The sound criterion applies to the complete range of each piece of equipment.

1.12 TEMPORARY SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SYSTEMS

A. Plan installation of new work and connections to existing work to insure minimum interference with regular operation of existing systems. Some temporary shutdown of existing systems may be required to complete the work.

B. Submit to the Owner in writing for approval, proposed date schedule, time, and

duration of necessary temporary shutdowns of existing systems. Submit schedule at least fifteen (15) calendar days in advance of intended shutdown. Shutdowns shall be made at such times as shall not interfere with regular operation of existing facilities and only after written approval of Owner. The Owner reserves the right to cancel shutdowns at any time prior to the shutdowns. To insure continuous operation, make necessary temporary connections between new and existing work. Bare costs resulting from temporary shutdowns and temporary connections. No additional charges shall be allowed for Owner-canceled shutdowns that must be rescheduled.

C. Shutdowns must be performed by the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to

require a walk-through of any shutdown prior to the shutdown. Following electrical shutdowns, verify that affected motors are rotating in the proper direction.

1.13 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate and furnish in writing to the Architect information necessary to permit the work to be installed satisfactorily and with the least possible interference or delay.

B. Coordination drawings shall be developed from individual system shop drawings

and contractor fabrication drawings. Electronic or other reproduced engineering design drawings used as coordination drawings are not acceptable.

C. When work is installed without proper coordination, changes to this work deemed

necessary by the Architect shall be made to correct the conditions without extra cost to the Owner.

D. The value of the coordination drawings shall be identified as a line item in the

Schedule of Values. If the coordination drawings are not submitted as required, their value shall be credited to Owner in accordance with the provisions of Article 7 of the General Conditions.

1.14 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES

A. Shop drawings, product data, and samples shall be submitted to the owner/architect/engineer for review.

B. The following shall be submitted by the Contractor for review:

Page 94: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

GENERAL PLUMBING PROVISIONS 22 00 00 - 6 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

1. Scaled shop drawings showing system components with sizing indicated,

including but not limited to:

a Equipment locations. b Fixtures and trim c Piping d Insert and sleeve locations e Hangers, anchors and guides f Expansion joints and loops g Access doors and panels

2. Product data for system components and materials (including

construction standards). 3. Samples of finishes and trim exposed to view, such as cleanout plates,

fixture trim, escutcheon plates and similar items.

1.15 OWNER INSTRUCTION

A. After final tests and adjustments have been completed, furnish the services of qualified personnel to instruct representatives of the Owner in the operation and maintenance procedures for equipment and systems installed as part of this project. Operation and maintenance instructions for major items of equipment shall be directly supervised by the equipment manufacturer's representative. Supply qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time as required to meet governing authorities' operation and performance tests and as required to assure that the Owner's representatives are properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures. The instruction period shall be broken into segments at the discretion of the Owner.

1. Notify the Architect, the Owner's representative and equipment

manufacturers' representatives, by letter, as to the time and date of operating and maintenance instruction periods approved by the Owner at least one (1) week prior to conducting same.

2. Forward to the Architect the signatures of all those present for the

instruction periods. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

Page 95: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

COMMON WORK FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 22 05 00

COMMON WORK FOR PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and General provisions of the Contract, Including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Excavating and Backfilling

2. Demolition

3. Cutting and Patching

4. Waterproofing

5. Electrical Connections and Protection

6. Accessibility

7. Painting

8. Equipment Foundations, Supports, Piers, and Attachments

9. Cleaning, Protection and Adjustment

10. Special Tools

11. Welding

12. Dielectric Fittings

13. Piping connections 1.3 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING

A. Excavate and backfill as required for the installation of this work.

B. Trenches for underground piping shall be excavated to required depths. Where rock is encountered, excavate to a grade 6 inches below the lowest part of the pipe and refill the excavation below pipe grade with sand and gravel. Trenches shall have uniform grade as specified hereafter or shown on the drawings.

C. Pipe trenches shall not be wider than 4 inches on each side of the pipe but not

less than 12 inches wide.

Page 96: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

COMMON WORK FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

D. Excavations shall be done on an unclassified basis. No extras shall be allowed regardless of type or hardness of material encountered.

E. No backfilling shall be done on any plumbing system requiring testing or

inspection until such testing or inspection has been completed satisfactorily.

F. Shore and brace as required maintaining banks of excavation to avoid cave-ins. Avoid damages to adjoining property or work in place caused by failure to properly shore excavations. Shoring shall conform to OSHA and Department of Labor and Industry requirements.

G. Backfilling shall be made in 8 inch layers (maximum), mechanically tamped.

Wood, old forms, shoring, etc., shall be removed before backfilling. Backfill shall not contain any frozen material, ashes, slag, combustible material, rocks over 6 inches in the largest dimension, or any other material which the Architect considers unsuitable for the purpose. Particular care shall be exercised in backfilling areas where construction shall be placed above the backfill.

H. Satisfactory soil materials for backfill where contaminated soil is removed

whether surplus from the existing site or trucked-in new shall meet the following requirements:

I. ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM free from

rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter.

J. Compaction of soil and backfill shall be as follows:

K. Soil and backfill shall be compacted in 8 inch layers (maximum) with each layer

of soil or backfill compacted at 95 percent maximum dry density according to ASTM D 1557.

L. Shoring shall be removed after equipment and piping have been installed and

tested.

M. Keep available at all times pumping equipment which shall be used to pump any or water from pipe trenches and excavation under this Contract.

N. Remove from the site surplus excavated materials resulting from work. Surplus

excavated materials include materials not suitable for use as backfill.

O. Notify utility companies and state system for verification of underground utilities before any excavation takes place.

1.4 DEMOLITION

A. Review construction documents, to determine areas affected by demolition. Remove systems in the affected areas not to be reused including equipment, piping, hangers, supports, etc.

B. Schedule demolition work with Owner.

Page 97: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

COMMON WORK FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 3 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

C. Demolition work involving electrical systems shall be coordinated prior to commencement of demolition work.

D. All existing piping shall be saw-cut, not broken, at point where piping connects to

existing.

E. Where demolition of existing systems, equipment, and associated appurtenances occurs, all such service shall be properly terminated in an approved manner to allow affected systems to remain in operation.

F. When demolishing existing equipment, all control wiring or pneumatic tubing

serving that equipment shall be properly terminated in an approved manner to allow affected systems to remain in operation.

G. Where systems serve areas under construction and areas not affected by the

construction, all return air and exhaust air terminals in the construction area shall be capped, and fans shall be rebalanced for new air quantities.

H. The Owner has the right-of-first-refusal for any items to be demolished, salvaged

or removed. The Contractor and Owner shall jointly review the space where demolition is to occur and identify items the Owner elects to retain prior to demolition and removal. Remove items to be retained by the Owner and deliver them to the location directed by the Owner within a (5) five mile radius of the project. Promptly remove and properly dispose of materials, equipment, piping, debris, etc., which is not specified for reuse, storage, or retainage by Owner.

I. Provide support as required for any existing piping and equipment support

affected by demolition.

J. Provide cutting and patching to match existing finish of roof, wall, floor, etc., associated with demolition of existing systems. Fire and smoke ratings compromised due to demolition shall be immediately restored. Repair or apply fire proofing to structural components that are exposed due to demolition.

K. Where existing systems serve areas adjacent to but not affected by demolition,

reconnect existing systems serving unaffected areas to existing or new systems serving affected areas.

1.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Provide cutting and patching necessary to install the work specified herein. Patching shall match adjacent surfaces.

B. No structural members shall be cut without prior approval of the Architect.

C. Provide ceiling removal and replacement where work above ceilings is required.

Replace ceiling components damaged in the process. 1.6 WATERPROOFING

A. Where work pierces waterproofing, including waterproof concrete, the method of installation shall be approved by the Architect prior to performing the work.

Page 98: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

COMMON WORK FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 4 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

Furnish necessary sleeves, caulking and flashing required to make openings absolutely watertight.

1.7 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND PROTECTION

A. Regardless of voltage, provide control wiring, interlock wiring, and equipment control wiring for the equipment provided under this division of the specifications.

B. Furnish electrical disconnect switches, starters and combination starter

disconnects required for equipment provided under this division of the specifications. Circuit breakers furnished shall be rated for motor protection.

C. Power wiring not used for control functions, complete from power source to motor

or equipment junction box, including power wiring through starters, shall be provided under Division 26.

D. Coordinate to ensure that electrical devices furnished or provided are compatible

with the electrical systems used.

E. Confirm final location of electrical equipment to be installed in the vicinity of piping.

1.8 ACCESSIBILITY

A. Coordinate to ensure the sufficiency of the size of shafts, and chases, and the adequacy of clearances in hung ceilings and other areas required for the proper installation of this work.

B. Locate equipment which must be serviced, operated or maintained in fully

accessible positions. Locations in ceilings requiring access shall be coordinated with, but not limited to lights, curtain tracks, speakers, etc. Equipment requiring access shall include, but is not limited to, valves, traps, clean-outs, pumps, drain points, etc.

C. Indicate the locations of access doors for each concealed valve, piece of

equipment, components, or other device concealed behind finished construction and requiring service on the coordination drawings.

1.9 PAINTING

A. Painting requirements of this section shall be coordinated with the architect.

B. Provide surface preparation, priming, and final coat application in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

C. Provide field painting of systems, equipment and miscellaneous metals located

outdoors. Application shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

D. Provide painting of plumbing piping and equipment exposed in mechanical

equipment room and in occupied spaces. Plumbing items to be painted are as follows:

Page 99: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

COMMON WORK FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 5 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

1. Piping, pipe hangers, pipe insulation, and supports

2. Equipment and supports.

3. Tanks

4. Accessory items. 1.10 EQUIPMENT FOUNDATIONS, SUPPORTS, PIERS AND ATTACHMENTS

A. Provide necessary foundations, auxiliary steel, supports, pads, bases and piers required for equipment specified in this division; submit drawings in accordance with Shop Drawing Submittal requirements prior to the purchase, fabrication or construction of same.

B. Provide 4 inch thick concrete pads for rotating and floor-mounted equipment.

Pads shall be extended 6 inches beyond machine base in each direction with top edge chamfered unless noted otherwise. Anchor equipment pads to the floor in accordance with latest building codes seismic requirements.

C. Construction of foundations, supports, and pads where mounted on the floor,

shall be of the same materials and same quality of finish as the adjacent and surrounding floor material.

D. Equipment shall be securely attached to the building structure in an approved

manner. Attachments shall be of strong and durable nature and any attachments that are, in the opinion of the Architect, deemed insufficient shall be replaced as directed, with no additional cost to the Owner.

1.11 CLEANING, PROTECTION AND ADJUSTMENT

A. Cleaning

1. Upon completion of the work, clean the exterior surface of equipment, accessories, and trim installed. Clean, polish, and leave equipment, accessories, and trim in first-class condition.

B. Protection of Surfaces

1. Protect surfaces from damage during the construction period.

2. Provide plywood or similar material under equipment or materials stored

on floors or roofs. Provide protection in areas where construction may damage surfaces.

3. Surfaces damaged during the construction shall be repaired or replaced

at the cost of the Contractor at fault. The method of repairing or replacing the surface shall be approved by the Owner and Architect

C. Protection of Services

1. Protect services from damage during the construction period.

Page 100: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

COMMON WORK FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 6 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

2. Repair, replace and maintain utilities, facilities or services (underground, above ground, interior or exterior) damaged, broken or otherwise rendered inoperative during the course of construction.

3. Services damaged during the construction shall be replaced at the cost of

the Contractor at fault. The method used in repairing, replacing or maintaining the services shall be approved by the Owner and Architect

D. Protection of Equipment and Materials

1. Equipment and materials shall be stored in a manner that shall maintain

an orderly, clean appearance. If stored on-site in open or unprotected areas, equipment and material shall be kept off the ground and out of standing water by means of pallets or racks, and covered with tarpaulins.

2. Equipment and material, if left unprotected and damaged, shall be

repainted or otherwise refurbished at the discretion of the Owner. Equipment and material is subject to rejection and replacement if, in the opinion of the Architect or manufacturer, the equipment has deteriorated or been damaged to the extent that its immediate use or performance is questionable, or that its normal life expectancy has been curtailed.

3. During the construction period, protect piping, fittings, valves, equipment,

and associated appurtenances from damage and dirt. Each system of piping shall be flushed to remove grit, dirt, sand, and other foreign matter for as long a time as required to thoroughly clean the systems.

E. Adjustment

1. After the entire installation has been completed, make required

adjustments to balancing valves, circulating systems, pressure reducing valves and similar devices until performance requirements are met.

2. Provide factory-lubricated bearings for equipment. Before initial startup of

equipment, inspect and verify bearings for proper amounts of lubricant. If required, provide proper amounts of lubricant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

1.12 SPECIAL TOOLS

A. Provide the Owner's representative with two (2) sets of special tools required for operation and maintenance of equipment provided.

1.13 WELDING

A. General Requirements

B. This paragraph covers the welding of systems. Deviations from applicable codes, approved procedures and approved shop drawings shall not be permitted. Materials or components with welds made off site shall not be accepted if the welding does not conform to the requirements of this specification. Develop and qualify procedures for welding metals included in the work. Certification testing

Page 101: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

COMMON WORK FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 7 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

shall be performed by an approved independent testing laboratory. Bear costs of such testing.

C. Certified welders, previously certified by test, may be accepted for the work

without re-certification provided that all of the following conditions are fulfilled:

1. Submit copies of welder certification test records in accordance with this Division.

2. Testing was performed by an independent testing laboratory.

3. The welding procedures and welders are certified in accordance with the

"ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code," and base materials, filler materials, electrodes, equipment, and processes conform to the applicable requirements of this specification.

4. Certification has been within a one (1) year period from the start of the

project.

D. Filler metals, electrodes, fluxes and other welding materials shall be delivered to the site in manufacturers' original packages and stored in a dry space until used. Packages shall be properly labeled and designed to give maximum protection from moisture and to assure safe handling.

E. Submit welding certificates for review. Each welder assigned to work covered by

this specification shall be certified by performance tests using equipment, positions, procedures, base metals, and electrodes or bare filler wires.

1.14 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

A. Ferrous to non-ferrous pipe connections shall be made with threaded, soldered, plain, or welded end connections that match piping system material. Dielectric fittings shall prevent any electrolytic action between dissimilar materials.

1.15 PIPING CONNECTIONS

A. Make pipe connections according to the following:

1. Provide unions in supply piping systems 4 inches and smaller: Adjacent to each side of valve At final connection to equipment

2. Provide flanged connections for supply piping systems 4 ½ inches and larger: Adjacent to each side of valve At final connection to equipment

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Page 102: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

COMMON WORK FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 8 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

2.1 PROTECTION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

A. Plan and arrange overhead piping to avoid dedicated electrical space that may include motors, controllers, switchboards, panel boards, or similar equipment.

B. Dedicated electrical space is equal to the width and depth of the electrical

components and extends from the floor to a height of 6 feet above the electrical components or to the structural ceiling, whichever is lower. No piping, leak detection apparatus, equipment, components or associated appurtenances foreign to the electrical installation shall be located in the dedicated electrical space.

C. Dropped, suspended, or any other type of ceiling that does not add strength to

the building structure cannot be provided as a separation between dedicated electrical spaces or for the installation of foreign components within the dedicated electrical space.

D. Where the installation of foreign components occur above the dedicated

electrical spaces (6 feet above the electrical systems), contractor shall provide a means of secondary containment to prevent damage to the electrical systems.

E. Secondary containment shall consist of gutters as follows:

1. Provide gutter of heavy galvanized steel, under every pipe.

2. Each gutter shall be soldered and made watertight, properly suspended

and carefully pitched to a convenient point for draining. Provide a 3/4 inch drain with valve as directed, to nearest floor drain or mop basin.

3. In lieu of such separate gutters, a continuous protecting sheet of similar

construction supported, braced, properly rimmed, pitched and drained, may be provided.

2.2 ACCESS DOORS

A. Each access door assembly shall be manufactured as an integral unit, complete with all parts and ready for installation.

B. Access doors and frames shall be of continuous welded steel construction,

unless otherwise indicated. Grind welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types of support shown.

C. Frames shall be fabricated from 16-gauge steel.

D. Fabricate frame with exposed flange nominal 1 inch wide around perimeter of

frame for units installed in the following construction:

1. Exposed Masonry

2. For gypsum drywall or veneer gypsum plaster, furnish perforated frames with drywall bead.

Page 103: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

COMMON WORK FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 9 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

E. For installation in masonry construction, furnish frames with adjustable metal masonry anchors.

F. For full-bed plaster applications, furnish frames with galvanized expanded metal

lath and exposed casing bead, welded to perimeter of frame

G. Flush Panel Doors shall be fabricated from not less than 14-gauge sheet steel, with concealed spring hinges or concealed continuous piano hinge set to open 175°. Finish with manufacturer's factory-applied prime paint.

H. For fire-rated units, provide manufacturer's standard insulated flush panel/doors,

with continuous piano hinge and self-closing mechanism.

I. Locking devices shall be flush, screwdriver-operated cam locks of number required to hold door in flush, smooth plane when closed.

2.3 WELDING

A. Welding materials shall comply with the "ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code." Welding equipment, electrodes, welding wire, and fluxes shall be capable of producing satisfactory welds when used by a certified welder using qualified welding procedures.

2.4 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

A. Dielectric unions shall be factory – fabricated assemblies with a minimum working pressure as required satisfying system pressures.

B. Dielectric flanges shall be factory – fabricated, companion flange assemblies with

a minimum working pressure as required satisfying system pressures.

C. Dielectric flange kits shall be field – fabricated with a minimum working pressure as required satisfying system pressures. Kit shall include flanges, full face type phenolic gasket, phenolic bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.

D. Dielectric couplings shall be galvanized steel with inert and noncorrosive,

thermoplastic lining, threaded ends and a minimum working pressure as required satisfying system pressures.

E. Dielectric nipples shall be electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive,

thermoplastic lining, plain, threaded, or grooved ends and a minimum working pressure as required satisfying system pressures.

F. Manufacturers:

1. Watts Industries

2. Zurn Industries

3. Sioux Chief Industries

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Page 104: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

COMMON WORK FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 10 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

3.1 ACCESS DOORS

A. Coordinate installation of access doors with the General Contractor. Locations of access shall be submitted and doors furnished in sufficient time to allow installation in the normal course of the work.

3.2 WELDING

A. Perform welding in accordance with qualified procedures using certified welders. Welding shall not be performed when the quality of the completed weld could be impaired by the prevailing work or weather conditions. Welding of hangers, supports, and plates to structural members shall conform to AWS specifications.

B. Field bevels and shop bevels shall be by mechanical means or by flame cutting.

Where beveling is by flame cutting, thoroughly clean surfaces of scale and oxidation just prior to welding. Beveling shall conform to ANSI B31.1 and AWS B3.0.

C. Replace and re-inspect defective welds. Repairing defective welds by adding

weld material over the defect or by peening shall not be permitted. Welders responsible for defective welds must be re-certified.

D. Store electrodes in a dry heated area. Keep free of moisture and dampness

during fabrication operations. Discard electrodes that have lost part of their coating.

END OF SECTION

Page 105: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 22 05 02 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 22 05 02

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Description

A. Provide plumbing piping specialties/accessories as listed herein, specified or indicated on Drawings.

B. The first manufacturer listed under each product is to be considered the basis of design

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Standards: Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI)

B. American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE) C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). D. All cast brass or bronze products for human consumption shall be lead free and

comply with NSF/ANSI 61 and meet the test requirements of NSF 372 third party testing and certification. Lead Free refers to less than 0.25% weighted average lead content in relation to wetted surface of pipe, fittings and fixtures in systems delivering water for human consumption. Solder and Flux shall not exceed 0.20% max lead content.

1.3 SUMMARY A. Trap Primers

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TRAP PRIMERS

A. Fully automatic, all brass trap primer activated by a change in water pressure equal to or greater than 5 psig in building water pressure. Trap primers shall be able to be disassembled and repaired in the field; provided with replaceable filter and so indicated on Shop Drawings. Trap primers shall conform to ASSE Standard 1018. Furnish trap primers as shown on the Drawings. Trap primers shall be sized as indicated on the Drawings. Provide distribution units when required. Provide ¾ inch underfloor slab gravity drain from trap primer to inlet of trap.

B. Manufacturers:

1. MIFAB

2. Precision Plumbing Products “Prime-Rite”

Page 106: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 22 05 02 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

3. Sioux Chief.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install plumbing specialties per manufacturer’s instructions.

B. Install trap primers to serve all new trench drain P-traps.

C. All products of the same type shall be by the same manufacturer. 3.2 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation height and location of plumbing specialties with the Architect & Engineer.

B. Coordinate water make-up locations with HVAC contractor.

C. Coordinate locations of solids interceptor with all other Contractors and

equipment.

END OF SECTION

Page 107: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING VALVES 22 05 23 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 22 05 23

PLUMBING VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and General provisions of the Contract, Including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 GENERAL

A. Provide manual valves as shown on the drawings, specified herein, and as required for proper control and maintenance of plumbing systems and equipment.

B. Valves shall be the product of one manufacturer except for special applications.

C. Valves shall be of same minimum working pressure and materials as specified

for fittings of the system in which they are installed. Regardless of service, valves shall be designed for a minimum 125 psi steam working pressure.

D. Install valves in accessible locations.

E. Valves for equipment shutoff shall be the size of the pipe as indicated on the

drawings before reducing to equipment size.

F. Valves in mechanical equipment rooms above 7 feet shall have chain-wheel operators.

G. All valves for use in potable water systems shall be lead free and comply with

NSF/ANSI 61 and meet the test requirements of NSF 372 third party testing and certification. Lead Free refers to less than 0.25% weighted average lead content in relation to wetted surface of pipe, fittings and fixtures in systems delivering water for human consumption. Solder and Flux shall not exceed 0.20% max lead content.

1.3 SUMMARY

A. This section includes the following:

1. Butterfly Valves

2. Gate Valves

3. Ball Valves

4. Check Valves

5. Plug Valves

6. Solenoid Valves

Page 108: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING VALVES 22 05 23 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

7. Calibrated Balancing Valves

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BUTTERFLY VALVES (Potable Water)

A. 2-1/2 inches and larger shall be: lug type with carbon steel body, 316 stainless steel disc, and gear operated hand wheel. Liner shall be 317 stainless steel with PTFE woven fabric. Class 150 body, 285 psi bubble tight shut-off in either direction.

B. Manufacturers:

1. DeZurik Unit. – Model HP series Class 150

2. Bray International, Inc. – Model 40 series Class 150

3. Cooper Cameron Model WKM

2.2 GATE VALVES (Potable Water)

A. Gate Valves 2 inches and smaller shall be: Class 125, 200 psi non-shock cold water working pressure (CWP), ASTM B 62 cast bronze body and bonnet, solid bronze wedge, copper silicon alloy rising stem, Teflon-impregnated packing with bronze packing nut, and with malleable iron hand wheel.

B. Manufacturers: (Soldered End Connections)

1. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. – Model 1334

2. Hammond Valve. – Model IB 635

3. Milwaukee Valve Company. – Model 149

4. Watts Industries, Inc. – Model B-3101

C. Manufacturers: (Threaded End Connections)

1. Crane Valve – Model 428

2. Hammond Valve. – Model IB 640

3. Milwaukee Valve Company. – Model 148

4. Watts Industries, Inc. – Model B-3100

D. Gate Valves 4 inches and larger shall be: Class 125, 200 psi CWP, ASTM A 126 cast iron body and bonnet, solid cast iron wedge, brass alloy stem, outside screw and yoke, Teflon-impregnated packing with two-piece packing gland, and with cast iron hand wheel.

E. Manufacturers: (Flanged End Connections)

Page 109: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING VALVES 22 05 23 - 3 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

1. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. – Model 465 ½

2. Hammond Valve. – Model IR 1140

3. Milwaukee Valve Company. – Model F-2885

4. Watts Industries, Inc. – Model F-503

2.3 BALL VALVES (Potable Water)

A. Ball valves 3 inches and smaller shall be: 600 psi non-shock cold water, ASTM B124, C37700 two piece brass forging body and end piece, brass alloy blow out proof stem, free floating chromium plated brass ball, TFE seats, and full port opening.

B. Manufacturers: (Soldered End Connections)

1. Crane Valve. – Model 9323

2. Hammond Valve. – Model 8311

3. Watts Industries, Inc. – Model B-6001

4. Apollo Valve – Model 77C-200

C. Manufacturers: (Threaded End Connections)

1. Crane Valve – Model 9302

2. Hammond Valve. – Model 8301

3. Watts Industries, Inc. – Model B-6080

4. Apollo Valve – Model 77C-100 2.4 BALL VALVES

A. Ball valves 2 inches and smaller shall be: 400 psi non-shock cold water, ASTM B62 three-piece bronze body and end piece, brass alloy blow out proof stem, full port free floating chromium plated brass ball, and TFE seats.

B. Valve shall be cleaned for oxygen service and shipped to site in a vacuum

packaged container.

C. Manufacturers: (Brazed End Connections)

1. Milwaukee Valve Company. – Model BA-350

2. Hammond Valve. – Model 8614

3. Watts Industries, Inc. – Model B-6801

Page 110: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING VALVES 22 05 23 - 4 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

4. Apollo Valve – Model 82-200

D. Manufacturers: (Threaded End Connections)

1. Milwaukee Valve Company. – Model BA-300

2. Hammond Valve. – Model 8604

3. Watts Industries, Inc.– Model B-6800

4. Apollo Valve – Model 82-100 2.5 CHECK VALVES (Pump discharge)

A. Check valves shall be non-slam, silent operating, wafer type, cast iron body, replaceable lapped bronze seat, lapped and balanced twin bronze flappers loaded with stainless steel torsion spring, and stainless steel trim.

B. Manufacturers:

1. Hammond Valve. – Model IR9253

2. Milwaukee Valve. – Model 1400

3. Watts Industries, Inc. – Model ICV-125

2.6 CHECK VALVES

A. Check valves 2 inches and smaller shall be: 600 psi non-shock cold water, bronze body swing check valves with renewable bronze disc.

B. Manufacturers (Threaded End Connections)

1. Hammond Valve. – Model IB949

2. Milwaukee Valve. – Model 507

3. Watts Industries, Inc. – Model B5030

2.7 PLUG VALVES (Natural Gas)

A. Plug valves (lubricated type) shall be approved by the local Natural Gas Utility Company.

B. Manufacturers:

1. 2 inches and Below:

a. DeZurik Unit. – Model 400 Series

b. Homestead Valve – Model 120 Series

c. Val-Matic Valve – Model 5800R Series

Page 111: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING VALVES 22 05 23 - 5 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

2. 2-1/2 inches and Above:

a. DeZurik Unit. – Model 100 Series

b. Homestead Valve – Model 120 Series

c. Val-Matic Valve & – Model 5800R Series 2.8 SOLENOID VALVES (Natural Gas)

A. Solenoid valves:

1. 2-way valve designed for on / off control of natural gas supply.

2. Explosion Proof

B. Relay panel:

1. Shallow depth NEMA Type 1, 16 gauge surface mounted cabinet with ¾ inch knockout.

2. Provided with 120 volt, 60 Hz input voltage.

3. Provided with 80 volts DC output voltage.

C. Control station shall consist of :

1. Key operated, normally open switch.

2. Normally closed push button mounted in a stainless steel face plate for flush installation.

a. “Gas Control Valve” shall be inscribed on face plate

b. The switches labeled “Open” over the key switch and “Shut” over

the push button.

D. Manufacturers: (Solenoid)

1. Asco Valve – Model 8215 Series

E. Manufacturer: (Relay Panel)

1. Asco Valve – Model 108D10C

F. Manufacturer: (Master Control Station)

1. Asco Valve – Model 216C89

G. Manufacturer: (Control Station)

1. Asco Valve – Model 173A19

Page 112: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING VALVES 22 05 23 - 6 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

2.9 CALIBRATED BALANCING VALVE (Circuit Setter)

A. Calibrated water balancing valve shall be bronze body / brass ball. Valve shall have differential pressure read out ports with check valve, tapped drain / purge port, memory stop, and calibrated nameplate.

B. Manufacturers:

1. Bell and Gossett Circuit Setter Plus

2. Nibco Series T-1710

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL

A. Provide pipe connections at valves and equipment in accordance with Specification Section 220500 Common Work for Plumbing.

B. Provide shut-off valves at each plumbing fixture and / or equipment requiring

plumbing service regardless of whether shown on the drawings.

END OF SECTION

Page 113: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND SLEEVES 22 05 29 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 22 05 29

PLUMBING HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND SLEEVES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and General provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Provide hangers and supports as shown on the drawings and as specified herein.

1.3 SLEEVES

A. Provide sleeves as shown on drawings and as specified herein. 1.4 ESCUTCHEONS

A. Provide escutcheons as shown on drawings and as specified herein. 1.5 SUMMARY

A. This section includes the following: 1. Hangers and supports

2. Sleeves

3. Escutcheons

4. Flashing

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. General

1. Hanger design shall conform to Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI / MSS–SP–58 and installed in accordance with ANSI / MSS–SP-69.

2. Specified bracket clamp and rod sizes are minimum sizes. Support and

hanger design shall include a safety factor of 5.

3. Field fabricated trapeze hangers, with suspension rods having double nuts and securely attached to the construction, may be provided instead of separate clevis hangers.

Page 114: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND SLEEVES 22 05 29 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

4. Plastic-coated hangers and clamps shall be provided for uninsulated

brass, copper pipe, polypropylene, PVDF, and similar type pipe materials unless shields are provided between hangers, clamps and pipe.

5. Provide steel for support of pipes separate from steel shown on structural

drawings.

6. Chain straps, perforated bars, wire hangers or expansion shields are not permitted.

7. Inserts for piping shall be of a type that shall not interfere with structural

reinforcing and shall not displace excessive amounts of concrete.

8. Piping located near floors or walls shall be supported from the floor or the wall using approved floor stands, wall brackets, roller supports, masonry piers or similar items.

9. Resilient hangers and isolation devices shall be provided on, piping

connected to rotating equipment, including pumps and on other piping which may vibrate and create audible noise.

10. Rigid hangers for horizontal piping shall provide a means of vertical

adjustment after erection.

11. Hangers or supports shall be provided for existing piping that is to remain in areas affected by demolition.

12. Vertical piping shall utilize riser clamps specifically designed for piping.

B. Manufacturers:

Hanger Type PHD Erico B-Line Anvil

International Adjustable center load beam clamp

630 360 B3054 218

Standard clevis hanger 450 400 B3100 260 Insulated pipe clevis hanger 430 403 B3108 300 Copper tubing clevis hanger 440 402 B3104CT CT-65 Standard riser clamp 550 510 B3373 261 Copper riser clamp 552 511 B3373CT CT-121 Double bolt pipe clamp 525 50 B3140 95 Underground pipe clamp 80 --- B3132 --- Straight J-hook 810 458 B3191 --- Adjustable pipe saddle support with U-bolt

876 724 B3092 259

Standard U-bolt 90 150 B3188 137 Welded beam attachment 900 320 B3083 66 Welded steel bracket, heavy duty

860 353 B3067 199

Welded steel bracket, light duty 855 352 B3066 195

Page 115: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND SLEEVES 22 05 29 - 3 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

Hanger Type PHD Erico B-Line Anvil International

Concrete insert 50 355 B2505 282 180 degree shield 170 125 B3151 167

C. Hanger Rod Schedules:

Pipe Size Minimum Rod Size Up to 2 inches 3/8 inch diameter 2-1/2 inches to 4 inches 1/2 inch diameter 4 inches to 5 inches 1/8 inch diameter Above 5 inches Special design by plumbing contractor

2.2 SLEEVES

A. Provide sleeves for piping passing through walls, floors, ceilings, roofs, equipment, structural members, and other building parts. Sleeves shall be securely fastened to the assembly penetrated.

B. Provide pipe sleeves through penetrations of fire-resistance-rated walls.

C. Annular space between sleeves and pipes shall be protected by an approved

penetration fire stop system installed and tested in accordance with ASTM E814. The system shall have a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch of water and shall have an F rating of not less than the required fire resistance rating of the wall penetration.

D. Sealant in one-hour and two-hour walls shall be UL listed and installed in

accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

E. Manufacturer (Sealant)

1. Dow Corning

2. Pro Set

3. Hilti

F. Provide pipe sleeves through penetrations of fire-resistance-rated floor and roof assemblies.

G. Annular space between sleeves and pipes shall be protected by an approved

through-penetration fire stop system installed and tested in accordance with ASTN E814 with a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch of water. The system shall have an F rating and a T rating of not less than one hour but not less than the required rating of the floor penetration.

H. Sealant in one-hour and two-hour floors shall UL listed and installed in

accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

I. Manufacturer (Sealant)

Page 116: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND SLEEVES 22 05 29 - 4 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

1. Dow Corning

2. Pro Set

3. Hilti

J. Provide sleeves through penetrations of non-fire-resistance-rated walls and

floors.

K. Annular space between sleeves and pipes in non-fire-resistance-rated assemblies shall be filled or tightly caulked in an approved manor.

L. Sealant for general purpose use and for Kitchen, Food Preparation, and Dining

areas shall be provided in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

M. Manufacturer (Sealant)

1. Dow Corning

2. Pro Set

3. Hilti

N. Pipes through or under footing or foundation walls shall be provided with a pipe sleeve built into the foundation wall. The pipe sleeve shall be two pipe sizes greater than the pipe passing through the wall.

O. Piping shall be installed to prevent strains and stress that exceed the structural

strength of the pipe. Provisions shall be made to protect piping from damage resulting from expansion, contraction, and structural settlement.

P. Where piping is provided through holes, notches in studs, joists, rafters, or other

similar members and is less than 1.5 inches from the nearest edge of the member, the pipe shall be protected by shield plates. Protective shield plates shall be a minimum of 0.062 inch thick steel and shall cover the area of the pipe that is closer than 1.5 inches from the edge. All penetrations through studs, joists and rafters shall be approved by the structural engineer prior to creating penetrations.

Q. Schedule of Sleeve Materials:

Sleeve Type Sleeve Material 1 18 gauge galvanized steel 2 Std. weight galvanized steel pipe 3 Std. weight galvanized steel pipe with a continuously welded

water stop of 1/4 inch steel plate extending a minimum of 2 inches from the outside of the sleeve.

4 Std. weight galvanized steel pipe with flashing clamp device welded to pipe sleeve or watertight sleeves.

Page 117: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND SLEEVES 22 05 29 - 5 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

2.3 ESCUTCHEON PLATES

A. Schedule of Escutcheon Plate Materials

Location Escutcheon Plate Material Finished spaces Anodized aluminum

Chrome-plated brass Unfinished spaces Plain brass

Cast iron Aluminum

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL

A. Provide provisions for expansion and contraction on the hangers and through sleeves to prevent undue stress or strain on piping, building anchor points, and connected equipment.

3.2 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Pipe Hanger Support Schedule

Building Construction Pipe Support Method Poured concrete floor slabs Galvanized steel inserts, and/or fish plates of

sufficient area to support twice the calculated dead load

Building structural steel Beam attachments and similar devices Precast concrete floor slabs Fish plates of sufficient area to support twice the

calculated dead load and approve type specialty hanger accessories manufactured for the specific purpose of attaching to precast floors

Metal deck floor slabs with concrete fill

Galvanized steel inserts and/or fish plates of sufficient area to support twice the calculated dead load and approved type specialty hanger accessories manufactured for the specific purpose of attaching to metal deck floors

Concrete slabs where piping revisions are required and approved after slabs are poured or existing slabs

"Phillips" or "Hilti" expansion bolts and shields for piping 4 inches and smaller. Main supports welded to structural steel at maximum 20 feet on center 4 inch x 4 inch x 3/8 inch thick clip knee angles with 3/4 inch expansion bolt in shear (horizontal). Supporting rod at 90° from anchor bolt for piping greater than 4 inches, attached to concrete beams or columns

Concrete floor slabs on grade with ground water condition

Drainage, waste, and vent piping to be encased in slab construction

B. Pipe Support Spacing- Based on water filled condition

Page 118: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND SLEEVES 22 05 29 - 6 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

Piping Material Maximum Horizontal Spacing

Maximum Vertical Spacing

Cast Iron Pipe – All pipe sizes

5 Feet 10 Feet

¾ inch dia copper pipe 1 inch dia copper pipe 1-1/4 inch dia copper pipe 1-1/2 inch dia copper pipe

5 Feet 6 Feet 7 Feet 8 Feet

10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet

2 inch dia copper pipe 2-1/2 dia copper pipe 3 inch dia copper pipe 4 inch dia copper pipe 5 inch dia copper pipe 6 inch dia copper pipe 8 inch dia copper pipe 10 inch dia copper pipe 12 inch dia copper pipe

8 Feet 9 Feet 10 Feet 12 Feet 13 Feet 14 Feet 16 Feet 28 Feet 29 Feet

10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet

¾ to 1-1/4 inch dia sched 40 steel 1-1/2 inch dia sched 40 steel 2 inch dia sched 40 steel 2-1/2 dia sched 40 steel 3 inch dia sched 40 steel 4 inch dia sched 40 steel 5 inch dia sched 40 steel 6 inch dia sched 40 steel 8 inch dia sched 40 steel 10 inch dia sched 40 steel 12 inch dia sched 40 steel

7 Feet 9 Feet 10 Feet 11 Feet 12 Feet 14 Feet 16 Feet 17 Feet 19 Feet 22 Feet 23 Feet

10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet 10 Feet

1. Spacing listed above is not applicable where loads between supports are

concentrated (e.g. valves, flanges, expansion joints, etc.) or where there is a change in line direction.

2. Hanger supports shall be located adjacent to joints, branch connections

and changes in direction.

3. Provide hangers no more than 12 inches from directional changes.

4. Risers shall be installed independently of adjacent horizontal hangers/supports.

5. Rigid support sway bracing shall be provided at changes in direction

greater than 45 degrees for pipe sizes 4 inches and larger.

6. Drainage piping shall be anchored to prevent axial movement.

a. For pipe sizes greater than 4 inches, restraints shall be provided on drainage piping at all changes in direction and at changes in diameter greater than two pipe sizes. Braces, blocks, rodding and

Page 119: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND SLEEVES 22 05 29 - 7 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

other suitable methods as specified by the coupling manufacturer shall be utilized.

3.3 PIPE SLEEVES

A. Grout sleeves to building structure for watertight fit. B. Schedule of Sleeve Lengths

Location Sleeve Length Floors Equal to depth of floor construction and at least 1 inch above finished

floor construction. In waterproof floor construction, sleeves shall extend a minimum of 2 inches above finished floor construction.

Roofs Equal to depth of roof construction including insulation. Walls Equal to depth of construction and terminate flush with finished

surfaces.

C. Schedule of Sleeve Caulking and Packing

Caulking/ Packing Type Caulking/Packing Requirements A Space between pipe or pipe covering and sleeve shall be

caulked with a noncombustible, permanently plastic, waterproof, non-staining, compound leaving a smooth, finished appearance.

B Vermin proofing - space between pipe and sleeve shall be packed with insulation consisting of sections of foam glass equal in length to length of sleeve. Caulk both ends with sealant according to manufacturer's recommendations. Vermin proofing for pipes with insulation - use a minimum of 1 inch thick sections of foam glass as long as the sleeves with space between foam glass and sleeve packed with industrial felt or fiberglass. Caulk at both ends with sealant and cap with a metal collar that is securely fastened to the adjoining structure.

D. Schedule of Sleeve Applications

Location Sleeve Type Thru Fire Rated Construction

Sleeve Type Thru Non-Fire Rated Construction

Sleeve Caulking and Packing Type

Membrane water-proof floor, roof, and wall construction

4 4 B

Non-membrane waterproof floor, roof, and wall construction where flashing is required

4 4 B

Interior walls and floors 2 2 B Exterior walls --- 3 B

Page 120: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND SLEEVES 22 05 29 - 8 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

Location Sleeve Type Thru Fire Rated Construction

Sleeve Type Thru Non-Fire Rated Construction

Sleeve Caulking and Packing Type

Cellular metal deck floors 2 2 A Precast concrete floor with poured concrete topping

-- 1 A

3.4 PIPE FLASHING

A. Pipe passing through roof construction shall be arranged to provide a minimum

of 12 inch clearance from walls or other obstructions so as to permit proper flashing. Set pipe flashing fittings at a suitable level above the roof to permit proper termination of flashing.

END OF SECTION

Page 121: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING, VALVES AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 22 05 53

IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING, VALVES AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and General provisions of the Contract, Including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This section includes the following: B. Pipe identification – Interior

C. Pipe identification – Exterior

D. Pipe identification – Below grade

E. Valve tags

F. Valve charts

G. Equipment name plates

H. Ceiling markers for concealed equipment, valves, and devises

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE IDENTIFICATION

A. Interior

1. Pipe bands indicating contents and flow direction shall be flexible vinyl film with acrylic pressure sensitive adhesive suitable for pipe surface temperatures of -40°F to 220°F.

2. Manufacturers:

a. Seton – Opticode

b. W.H. Brady - B-350 Perma-Code

c. Bunting – Identiflow

B. Exterior

1. Pipe bands indicating contents and flow direction shall be snap-on markers consisting of a surface-printed and overcoat-protected vinyl base material suitable for pipe surface temperatures from -40°F to 150°F.

Page 122: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING, VALVES AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

2. Manufacturers:

a. Seton - Weather-Code Style AA

b. W.H. Brady - B-915 Brady Snap-On

c. Bunting

C. Below Grade

1. Metallic Pipe - Underground metallic pipe shall be identified by underground warning tape. Tape shall be 0.004 inch thick, 6 inch wide polyethylene tape, color coded, with continuous message stating "Caution" and stating which type of pipe is buried.

2. Nonmetallic Pipe - Underground nonmetallic pipe shall be identified by

underground metallic warning tape. Tape shall be 0.004 inch thick, 6 inch wide polyethylene tape with metallic core, color coded, with continuous message stating "Caution" and stating the type of pipe buried.

D. Pipe marking shall comply with ANSI A13.1 Scheme for the Identification of Pipe

Systems. Markers shall be in compliance with respect to:

1. Marker length

2. Background color

3. Letter color

4. Letter size 2.2 VALVE TAGS

A. Brass with stamped numbers and letters (black-filled), 1-1/2 inch square with 1/2 inch numbers and 1/4 inch letters.

B. Example for identifying letter for various systems shall be as follows:

1. Cold Water = CW 2. Hot Water = HW

3. Sanitary = SAN

4. Vent = V

5. Storm = ST

C. Fastening shall be by brass "S" hooks, brass jack chains, or brass ball chains. D. Manufacturers:

1. Seton - Tag 2960-25

Page 123: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING, VALVES AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 - 3 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

2. W.H. Brady

3. EMED Company

4. Bunting

2.3 VALVE TAGS

A. 1/16 Inch thick plastic, 2-1/2 inch by 2-1/2 inch, 3 lines.

1. First line: Service abbreviation

2. Second line: Project abbreviation

3. Third line: Valve number

B. Example for identifying letter for various systems shall be as follows:

1. Cold Water = CW

2. Hot Water = HW

3. Sanitary = SAN

4. Vent = V

5. Storm = ST

C. Fastening shall be by chrome-plated pins or self-locking nylon fasteners. D. Manufacturers:

1. Seton - Tag 2960-25

2. W.H. Brady

3. EMED Company

4. Bunting

2.4 VALVE CHARTS

A. 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch (minimum or of sufficient size), aluminum frames with Plexiglas covers. Include valve numbers, sizes, functions, and locations. Coordinate location with Owner. Chart shall have key plan denoting approximate valve location.

2.5 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES

A. Heavy gauge (.025) aluminum with four mounting holes. Coloring in background, lettering, and pads in aluminum.

Page 124: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING, VALVES AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 - 4 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

2.6 CEILING MARKERS FOR CONCEALED EQUIPMENT, VALVES, AND DEVICES

A. Install color-coded ceiling markers on ceiling at concealed valve locations. Markers shall be a minimum of 7/8 inch diameter, and shall include engraving to indicate service.

B. Manufacturers:

1. Seton – Style ECM

2. Brady – Style ECM

3. EMED Company – Style ECM

4. Bunting – Style ECM

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE IDENTIFICATION

A. Pipe identification shall be as follows:

1. Piping shall have direction of flow arrows matching the legend and background colors adjacent to each marker and at branches.

2. Pipe identification shall be placed on piping at 20 foot maximum intervals.

In addition, wherever a pipe passes through a wall, floor, or ceiling, it should be identified on each side of the wall, floor, or ceiling.

3. Where pipe insulation or pipe is to be painted, it should be painted to

match the background color of its contents.

4. Colors for pipe marking systems shall be in accordance with ANSI standards.

3.2 VALVE IDENTIFICATION

A. Provide identification tags for valves including control valves, shutoff valves serving individual fixtures and equipment shall not be tagged.

B. Valves shall have brass tags indicating system and valve number.

C. Provide valve charts in an approved location secured to wall.

D. Include a copy of the valve chart in each operation and maintenance manual.

E. All valves located above ceilings shall be marked on the ceiling with valve

identification pins.

END OF SECTION

Page 125: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 01 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 22 07 01

PLUMBING INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Insulate all domestic cold water supply, hot and tempered water supply, hot water return and make-up water piping, regardless of length or location, and also insulate the following:

1. All horizontal storm and emergency relief piping, all roof sumps and

vertical storm and emergency relief piping above ceilings. 2. Water supply and waste pipe under all fixtures accessible to the

handicapped.

3. Electric water cooler, drinking fountain waste traps, and piping to wall.

4. Above slab traps and horizontal drain lines at least 10 feet downstream of lines that receive chilled water or condensate.

5. All above slab trap primer drain lines to trap inlet.

6. Medical air compressor outside intake line.

7. All chilled water lines from remote chiller to drinking fountains.

8. All horizontal storm sump pump and foundation drain sump pump

discharge lines.

9. All purified water piping.

B. If insulation is damaged while in storage or during installation, replace insulation at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.2 FACTORY-INSULATED EQUIPMENT

A. Water heaters and hot water storage tanks shall be factory-insulated to comply with the State Energy Code and shall comply with Federal Standards HHI-530A.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Reference standards: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and Underwriters' Laboratories (UL).

B. Insulation shall be in accordance with the State Energy Code and provide a

maximum allowable heat loss as follows:

1. Piping: 25 BTUH/sf of pipe surface area.

Page 126: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 01 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

C. Insulation to be installed according to "Commercial and Industrial Insulation Standards," as published by the Midwest Insulation Contractor's Association, latest edition.

1.4 FIRE AND SMOKE HAZARD RATINGS

A. Indoor pipe insulation shall have a flame-spread rating not exceeding twenty five (25), a smoke-developed rating not exceeding fifty (50), and a fuel-contributed rating not exceeding fifty (50). All insulation accessories shall have similar ratings. Rates are as tested by procedures ASTM E-84, NFPA 255, and UL 723.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protection: Leave insulation boxed and stored until time for use. Elevate and cover material to avoid moisture condensation and physical abuse and to protect from weather.

1.6 MANUFACTURERS

A. Pipe and Roof Sump Insulation

1. Fiberglass

a. Owens-Corning

b. Knauf 2. Closed Cell Insulation

a. Nomaco

b. Tundra

c. "Armaflex"

d. Rubatex

e. ImcoA.

3. PVC Insulation Covers

a. Speed Line

b. CertainTeed

c. IMCOA

d. Knauf

e. CEEL-CO

4. CEEL-TITE 300 Series

Page 127: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 01 - 3 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

a. Foster Sealfas

b. Zeston

B. Insulate plumbing fixture drain, angle valves, and supply lines under fixtures that shall be accessible to the disabled. The insulation shall be vandal-resistant, seamless, fire retardant and antimicrobial. Insulation may be preinstalled with P-traps and offset grid drains.

C. Manufacturers:

1. Plumberex

2. McGuire

3. Truebro

4. Brocar

5. EBC

6. TCI

7. Sanitary Dash. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ADHESIVES, FINISHES AND MASTICS

A. Use the following items or approved equivalent items:

1. Vapor barrier lap adhesive - Foster Drion Contact Bond Cement 85-75

2. Lagging adhesive - Foster 81-42W

3. Metal bonding adhesive - Foster 85-15

4. Indoor vapor barrier finish - Foster 30-80

5. Indoor breather finish - Foster Lagtone 46-50

6. Outdoor vapor barrier mastic - Foster 46-50

7. "Fuse-Seal" sticks and applicator (for polyolefin insulation)

B. The use of the preceding adhesives, finishes, and mastics shall be approved by the insulation manufacturer. Once dried, these materials shall have a flame-spread rating not exceeding twenty-five (25) and a smoke-developed rating not exceeding fifty (50).

2.2 THERMAL RESISTANCE OF PIPING INSULATION

Page 128: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 01 - 4 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

A. Insulate all piping installed in accordance with the minimum pipe insulation as listed in the following table:

Minimum Pipe Insulation based on a conductivity of 0.24 to 0.28 (Btu)(in)/((hr)(cu.ft.)(°F)) 100 degree F Mean Rating Temperature

Insulation Thickness for Pipe Sizes (Inches)

Piping System

Fluid Temp Ranges (°F)

1 and Less

1 1/4 to 2

2 to 4

5 and Larger

DOM hot water, tempered water and hot water return

Any

1.0

1.0

1.5

2.0

DOM cold water 40-55 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 EWC and DF waste 40-55 -- 1.0 -- -- Storm drain (horizontal only and roof sump)

Any

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

Floor drain p-traps Any -- -- 1.0 -- Medical air compressor inlet piping Any -- -- 1.0 1.0

B. The pipe sizes given in the preceding table are nominal dimensions.

2.3 INDOOR PIPING

A. Fiberglass heavy-density insulation with all service vapor membrane jacket, pressure sealing lap adhesive on longitudinal and butt strips, K=0.23 at 75 degrees F; Owens-Corning 25 ASJ/SSL II. Staple and seal with pressure sealing lap adhesive on longitudinal and butt strips. Jacket vapor membrane shall have an installed vapor permeance of not more than 0.09 perms.

B. Polyolefin foam insulation (for service temperature up to 210 degrees F), K=0.24

at 75 degrees F, IMCO "IMCOLOCK" or "IMCOSHIELD." No vapor barrier is necessary with 0.0 perm/inch permeability.

C. Option: A flexible, closed-cell, elastomeric insulation with pressure sealing

longitudinal joints or applied adhesive meeting ASTM E84's ratings of twenty five (25) flame-spread and fifty (50) smoke-developed. Adhesive shall be approved by Insulation Manufacturer.

2.4 EXPOSED INDOOR PIPING ACCESSIBLE TO DAMAGE

A. Insulation same as for indoor piping. Cover with ultraviolet-resistant PVC jacket. Jacket to be self-extinguishing and have zero fuel contribution. PVC jacket shall have a flame-spread rating not exceeding twenty-five (25) and a smoke developed rating not exceeding fifty (50). All piping visible inside and outside mechanical rooms is considered exposed.

B. Insulation same as for indoor piping. Cover with 0.016 inch thick aluminum

jacket with "Pittsburgh Seam." Provide seal between metal jacket and sleeve. All piping visible inside and outside mechanical rooms is considered exposed.

Page 129: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 01 - 5 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

2.5 FITTINGS AND VALVES

A. Pre-molded PVC covers over molded insulation. Insulation same thickness as on adjoining pipe. Insulation shall have a flame-spread rating not exceeding twenty-five and a smoke-developed rating not exceeding fifty. For polyolefin insulation, use insulation of same type and thickness as on adjoining pipe.

2.6 PIPE INSULATING SUPPORT

A. Refer to Section 22 05 29, "Hangers, Supports and Sleeves." The use of thermal protectors as pipe insulation supports are noted elsewhere in this specification. Where inserts are used, maintain insulation vapor barrier integrity.

2.7 DOMESTIC HOT WATER STORAGE TANKS

A. Minimum thickness of 2 inches of fiberglass, 6 pcf, compressive strength 300 psi at 10% deformation, thermal conductivity 0.32 btu/(hour) (square foot) (°F/inch) at 175 deg F mean temperature. Foam insulation may be used as long as the thermal conductivity is equal to or less than just listed and is approved for use intended by domestic hot water storage tank manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION NOTES

A. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Use no damaged or water-soaked insulation.

C. Insulate all water piping as described above, including piping concealed in walls.

D. Insulation to be continuous through sleeves and hangers.

E. When piping is installed through fire-rated walls and floors, the insulation shall be continuous and fire-rated calking shall be installed between pipe insulation and wall sleeve without any interruption to the vapor barrier.

F. Leave no "raw" ends on fiberglass insulation. Bevel fiberglass insulation

termination seal with insulating cement and cover ends with glass cloth or similar to pipe insulation covering.

G. Ensure that exposed insulation has a neat and finished appearance. Provide

sizing for insulation if required and leave ready for painting.

H. Overlap jacket joints and seal with a suitable adhesive. The use of staples is not permitted.

I. Install all insulation with a continuous, unbroken, and non-punctured factory-applied vapor membrane.

END OF SECTION

Page 130: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 131: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 22 11 16

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and General provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 PIPING SYSTEM STANDARDS OF MATERIALS

A. Domestic water systems which connect to plumbing fixtures, equipment, components and associated appurtenances, as indicated under another division’s drawings or specifications, shall be provided with rough-in and final connection. Plumbing contractor shall coordinated exact location of rough-in and final connection.

B. Each pipe length shall have the manufacturer's name cast, stamped, or rolled on.

C. Each fitting shall have the manufacturer's symbol and pressure rating cast,

stamped, or rolled on. 1.3 SUMMARY

A. This section includes the following:

1. Domestic Cold Water Piping – Interior

2. Domestic Hot Water Piping – Interior

3. Domestic Hot Water Return Piping – Interior

4. Trap Primer Water Piping – Interior

5. Trap Primer Water Piping – Below Grade

6. Installation and Testing

7. Adjusting and Balancing 1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. ASME: American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

B. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials.

C. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene-monomer.

D. IAPMO: International Association of Plumbing & Mechanical Officials.

E. ICC: International Code Council.

Page 132: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

F. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society.

G. AWWA: American Water Works Association.

H. NSF: National Sanitation Foundation.

I. CSA: Canadian Standards Association.

J. UL: Underwriters Laboratory.

K. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association.

1.5 REFERNECES

A. ASME A13.1: Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. B. ASME B1.20.1: Pipe Threads, General Purpose (inch).

C. ASME B16.18: Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.

D. ASME B16.22: Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings.

E. ASME B16.26: Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tube.

F. ASME B31.9: Building Services Piping.

G. ASTM B32: Standard Specification for Solder Metal

H. ASTM B75: Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube.

I. ASTM B88: Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube.

J. ASTM B813: Standard Specification for Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering

Applications of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube.

K. ASTM B828: Standard Practice for Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of and Copper Alloy Tube and Fittings.

L. AWWA C651: Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains.

M. IAPMO: Uniform Mechanical Code.

N. IAPMO: Uniform Plumbing Code.

O. ICC: International Plumbing Code.

P. ICC: International Mechanical Code.

Q. MSS-SP-58 Pipe Hangers and Supports Materials, Design and Manufacturer.

R. MSS-SP-69 Pipe Hangers and Supports Selection and Application.

Page 133: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 - 3 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

S. NSF 61: Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer shall be qualified, licensed within the jurisdiction, and familiar with the

installation of ProPress copper press joint systems. B. ProPress copper press fittings shall be installed using the proper tool, actuator,

jaws and rings as instructed by the press fitting manufacturer.

C. The installation of copper tubing for hot and cold water distribution systems shall conform to the requirements of the ICC International Plumbing Code or IAPMO Uniform Plumbing Code.

D. The installation of copper tubing in sprinkler or standpipe systems shall conform

to NFPA13, 13D, 13R and 14.

E. The installation of copper tubing in Hydronic systems shall conform to the requirements of the ICC International Mechanical Code or the IAPMO Uniform Mechanical Code.

F. ASME Compliance: ASME B3.19 for building services piping valves.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Copper tubing shall be shipped to the job site in such a manner to protect the

tubing. The tubing and fittings shall not be roughly handled during shipment. The tubing and fittings shall be unloaded with reasonable care.

B. Protect the stored product from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. When

stored inside, do not exceed the structural capacity of the floor.

C. Protect fittings and piping specialties from moisture and dirt. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Field verify all lengths of tubing required.

1.9 WARRANTY A. The tubing and fittings manufacturer shall warrant that their products are free

from defects and conform to the designated standard. The warranty shall only be applicable to tubing and fittings installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

B. The manufacturer of the fittings shall not be responsible for the improper use,

handling or installation of the product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING AND FITTINGS MATERIAL SCHEDULE

Page 134: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 - 4 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

A. Domestic water systems shall be constructed of the following materials, subject to approval by authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Domestic Cold Water Piping – Interior

Pipe: Type L hard drawn copper – ASTM B75, ASTM B88,

ASTM B251, ASTM B447 Fittings: Standard wrought copper – ASME B16.15, ASME

B16.18, ASME B16.22, ASME B16.23, ASME B16.26, ASME B16.29, ASME B16.32

Joints: 4 inches and smaller - ASTM B32. Larger than 4 inches - Victaulic Style 606 couplings –

ASTM A536 Manufacturer: Nibco; Mueller; Viega Remarks: Provide in accordance with manufacturers requirements

2. Domestic Hot Water Piping – Interior

Type L : Type K hard drawn copper – ASTM B75, ASTM B88, ASTM B251, ASTM B447

Standard wrought copper – ASME B16.15, ASME B16.18, ASME B16.22, ASME B16.23, ASME B16.26, ASME B16.29, ASME B16.32

4 inches and smaller - ASTM B32 Larger than 4 inches - Victaulic Style 606 couplings –

ASTM A536 Nibco; Mueller Provide in accordance with manufacturers requirements

3. Domestic Hot Water Return Piping– Interior

Pipe: Type L : Type K hard drawn copper – ASTM B75,

ASTM B88, ASTM B251, ASTM B447 Fittings: Standard wrought copper – ASME B16.15, ASME

B16.18, ASME B16.22, ASME B16.23, ASME B16.26, ASME B16.29, ASME B16.32

Joints: 4 inches and smaller - ASTM B32 Larger than 4 inches - Victaulic Style 606 couplings –

ASTM A536 Manufacturer: Nibco; Mueller Remarks: Provide in accordance with manufacturers requirements

4. Trap Primer Water Piping – Interior

Pipe: Type L hard drawn copper – ASTM B75, ASTM B88,

ASTM B251, ASTM B447 Fittings: Standard wrought copper – ASME B16.15, ASME

B16.18, ASME B16.22, ASME B16.23, ASME B16.26, ASME B16.29, ASME B16.32

Joints: 95/5 tin antimony solder – ASTM B32. Manufacturer: Nibco; Mueller; Viega Remarks: Provide in accordance with manufacturers requirements

Page 135: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 - 5 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

2.2 PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION

A. Piping, fittings, components, and equipment for the various plumbing piping systems shall meet the following pressure requirements:

Plumbing Piping System Maximum Operating

Pressure Component Pressure

Rating Cold Water 75 125 Hot Water 75 125 Hot Water Return 75 125 Trap Primer Water 75 125

2.3 MATERIALS

A. Tubing Standard: Copper tubing shall conform to ASTM B75 or ASTM B88. B. Fittings Standard: Copper fittings shall conform to ASME B16.18, ASME B16.22

or ASME B16.26.

C. Press Fitting: Copper and copper alloy press fittings shall conform to material requirements of ASME B16.18 or ASME B16.22 and performance criteria of IAPMO PS117. Sealing elements for press fittings shall be EPDM. Sealing elements shall be factory installed or an alternative supplied by fitting manufacturer. Press ends shall have SC (Smart Connect™) feature design (leakage path). In ProPress ½” to 4” dimensions the Smart Connect feature assures leakage of liquids and/or gases from inside the system past the sealing element of a non-pressed connection. The function of this feature is to provide the installer quick and easy identification of connections which have not been pressed prior to putting the system into operation.

D. Solder Standard: Solder metal shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B32.

Soldering fluxes shall conform to ASTM B813. Solder and fluxes used in drinking water systems shall have a maximum of 0.20-percent lead (Pb) content.

E. Threaded Fittings: Pipe Threads shall conform to ASME B1.20.1.

F. Hanger Standard: Hangers and supports shall conform to MSS-SP-58.

2.4 MANUFACTURERS

A. Press Fittings: Viega NA, 301 N. Main, Ste. 9, Wichita, KS 67202, Telephone: (316) 425-7400, Website: wwwviega.com

2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. All fittings in contact with drinking water shall be listed by a third party agency to

NSF 61. B. All fittings used in Fuel Gas applications shall be listed by a third party agency as

being acceptable for fuel gas piping systems.

C. All fittings used in Fire Sprinkler applications shall be UL listed.

Page 136: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 - 6 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL

A. Provide provision for expansion and contraction in the piping systems, to prevent undue stress or strain on piping, building anchor points, and connected equipment.

B. Piping connections to plumbing fixtures and equipment shall be provided with

offsets, unions, and shutoff valves arranged such that equipment can be serviced or removed without dismantling the pipe.

C. Branch connections to mains shall be made on top of the main or in such a

manner as to prevent air trapping.

D. Converging or diverging Bullhead Tee’s are not permitted in piping systems.

E. Provide hose drain connections on downstream side of building main shut-off valves.

F. T-Drill type fittings are not permitted in piping systems.

3.2 INSTALLATION AND TESTING

A. Installation Procedures

1. Provide a riser control valve and drain valve for each riser. Drain valve shall be located downstream of riser control valve.

2. Valves, check valves, reducing valves, shock absorbers, tempering

valves, etc. shall be easily accessible for maintenance and/or removal.

3. Screwed joints shall be assembled using best quality approved pipe compound, carefully placed on male threads only and not on the fittings.

4. Cut and threaded pipe shall have the cutting burrs and sharp edges

removed.

5. During pipe installation, friction wrenches shall be used exclusively, and any pipe cut or otherwise damaged shall be replaced.

6. Ferrous to non-ferrous pipe connections shall be made with dielectric pipe

or flange union isolating joints to prevent any electrolytic action between dissimilar metals.

7. Copper pipe and tubing shall be cut square and deburred. Outside and

inside of the fittings and outside of the tubing at each end shall be well cleaned with steel wool before brazing to remove traces of oxidation.

B. System Pressure Test

Page 137: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 - 7 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

1. Each water system shall be tested to a hydrostatic pressure equal to 1-1/2 times the system normal operating pressure.

2. The water used for the pressure test shall be supplied from a potable

water source.

3. Take all due precautions to prevent damage to the building and its contents that may be incurred by such tests; repair or make good any damage caused by the tests.

4. Tests shall apply full test pressure to the piping for a minimum of 15

minutes to detect leaks and defects.

5. Tests shall be conducted prior to the installation of insulation. If delicate control mechanisms, not including control valves, are installed in the piping, they shall be removed to prevent shock damage.

6. The section of piping to be tested shall be brought up to the specified test

pressure. If the test pressure falls more than the specified amount during the test period, the point of leakage shall be found, repaired and the test repeated. This procedure shall be repeated until the piping system has been proven to hold the specified pressure.

7. Leaks shall be repaired by removing the valve, fitting, joint or section that

is leaking and reinstalling new approved materials and joints. Use of mastic or "no-leak" compounds or other temporary means of repairing leaks shall not be permitted.

C. Cleaning, Flushing and Disinfection

1. Before being placed in operation, the water piping systems shall be cleaned, flushed and disinfected in strict accordance with the requirements of the local health department or other authorities having jurisdiction.

2. The piping systems shall be sterilized with a chlorine solution conforming

to the standards of the American Water Works Association. The solution shall be introduced into the system in an approved manner. The solution shall be allowed to remain in the system for a minimum period of 24 hours. During the sterilization period, valves and outlets shall be opened and closed several times. After the sterilization period, the solution shall be flushed from the system using clean water until the residual chlorine content is less than 0.2 parts per million, or as required by the local health department or other authority having jurisdiction.

3. Required water samples shall be taken and submitted to an approved

laboratory for routine bacteriological examination. Copies of the test results shall be submitted to the Architect and the local health department or other authority having jurisdiction.

4. Provide the means for disposing the solution used to disinfect the system.

The solution shall be disposed of in an approved manner that shall

Page 138: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 - 8 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

eliminate the possibility of damage to property or contamination of the water supply.

3.3 ADJUSTING AND BALANCING

A. After completion of the installations and prior to acceptance by the Owner, water systems and appurtenances shall be adjusted and balanced to deliver the water quantities as specified. Modify pumps and/or controls to produce design flow.

B. Pump capacities shall be determined by differential pressure measurements.

Pump balancing valves shall be adjusted to provide the lowest discharge pressure possible while maintaining flow to all devices.

C. Water circuits shall be adjusted by calibrated balancing valves provided as part

of the installation, and calibrated balancing valves shall be permanently marked after final balance is complete so that they may be returned to their correct position if disturbed.

D. The following data shall be recorded for each water system:

1. Pump motor current and voltage.

2. Entering and leaving water flow rates, temperatures and pressures.

3. Differential pressure across pumps.

3.4 EXAMINATION

A. The installing contractor shall examine the copper tubing and fittings for defects,

sand holes or cracks. There shall be no defects of the tubing or fittings. Any damaged tubing or fittings shall be rejected.

B. The installing contractor shall insure that sealing elements are properly in place

and free from damage. For sizes 2-1/2” to 4”, installer should insure that the stainless steel grip ring is in place.

END OF SECTION

Page 139: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

SANITARY AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 22 13 16

SANITARY AND VENT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and General provisions of the Contract, Including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 PIPING SYSTEM STANDARDS OF MATERIALS

A. Each pipe length shall have the manufacturer's name cast, stamped, or rolled on.

B. Each fitting shall have the manufacturer's symbol and pressure rating cast, stamped, or rolled on.

1.3 SUMMARY

A. This section includes the following: 1. Sanitary piping – Interior

2. Sanitary piping – Below grade

3. Vent piping – Interior

4. Vent piping – Below grade

5. Installation and Testing

1.4 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide a complete system of soil, waste, and vent piping to fixtures and equipment, including traps, floor drains and cleanouts, extending to a point 5 feet outside building wall. Connect to site sanitary sewer system.

B. Connect to existing building sanitary drain and vent system where shown on

Drawings.

C. Refer to Drawings for size of connections to fixtures.

D. Test complete new system 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Standards: American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI), American Water Works Association (AWWA), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), American National Standard Institute (ANSI), National Sanitary Foundation (NSF)

Page 140: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

SANITARY AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

B. All pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Commercial Standard CS188.

1.6 MANUFACTURERS

A. Piping:

1. Cast Iron:

a. Manufacturers:

i. Tyler Pipe

ii. Charlotte Pipe & Foundry

iii. ABI pipe & foundry. 2. Copper:

a. Manufacturers:

i. American Brass Company

ii. Revere

iii. Chase Brass Company

iv. Nibco.

3. PVC Plastic:

i. Manufacturers:

a) Charlotte

b) Nibco

c) Manville

d) Yardley

e) Freedom

f) Crestline.

B. Drains and Cleanouts:

1. Manufacturers:

a. Jay R. Smith

b. Wade

Page 141: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

SANITARY AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 3 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

c. Zurn

d. MIFAB

e. Watts

f. Josam.

C. Trench Drains:

1. Manufacturers:

a. Jay R. Smith "Enviro-Flo-II” Model 9930 (Basis of Design)

b. Polydrain

c. Polycast

d. Zurn

e. Josam

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING

A. Piping and fittings in earth under slab:

1. Hubless cast iron (CISPI-301), factory enamel coated. 2. Service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings (ASTM A74), factory enamel

coated.

3. Schedule 40 PVC (ASTM D2665) plastic pipe.

B. Interior Piping and Fittings Above Slab:

1. Hubless cast iron (CISPI-301), factory enamel coated. 2. Service weight cast iron (ASTM A74), factory enamel coated.

3. Copper/DWV (ASTM B306).

4. Schedule 40 PVC (ASTM D2665).

C. Vent Piping and Fittings:

1. Hubless cast iron (CISPI-301).

2. Service weight cast iron (ASTM A74).

3. Copper/DWV (ASTM B306).

Page 142: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

SANITARY AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 4 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

4. Schedule 40 PVC (ASTM D2665).

D. Note: If ceiling area is to be used as a return air plenum, plastic piping is prohibited. Refer to Architectural and HVAC Drawings for areas that apply to this requirement.

E. All cast iron piping and fittings shall have factory-applied coatings and be E.P.A.

acceptable.

F. All fittings shall be drainage type, of the same manufacturer as piping and compatible with piping for size, material, and joint type.

2.2 JOINTS

A. Cast Iron Piping:

1. Compression type plastic or rubber gaskets (ASTM C564) by Dual-Tight or Ty Seal with lubricant equal to "Lubrifast."

2. "No-Hub" coupling with ASTM C-564 neoprene sealing sleeve, minimum

of 28 gauge (0.016 inch) thick heavy duty slotted or corrugated Type 304 stainless steel shield with a minimum of two (2) stainless steel bands on pipe sizes up to 3 inches, minimum of four (4) bands on pipe sizes 4 inches to 10 inches. Joints in hubless cast iron pipe sizes 1 1/2 inch to 2 inches where exposure to head pressure cannot exceed 10 foot head shall be approved by CISPI Standard 310-85. Pipe sizes 2 1/2 inches to 10 inches shall be Clamp-All Model #80. Approved manufacturers: Anco "Husky," Mission or Charlotte Heavy Duty.

3. The no-hub manufacturer shall provide the following guarantee: The no-

hub coupling manufacturer shall make a full replacement for the number of couplings acknowledged by mutually agreeable independent third party analysis to have failed. No-hub coupling manufacturer will help subrogate the portion of any direct or consequential damage, deemed by mutually agreeable independent third party analysis, to have been caused by coupling failure for the life of the piping system.

4. The threading of cast iron piping is prohibited.

B. Copper DWV Piping:

1. Cast brass solder type (ASTM B-584). No soldering or brazing alloys containing lead shall be used.

C. PVC Plastic Piping:

1. Solvent and cements as recommended by the pipe and fittings manufacturer.

2.3 FLOOR DRAINS

A. General Construction: Drains to be adjustable, coated cast iron, double drainage pattern, and bottom outlet, inside caulk with flashing clamp, strainers, sediment

Page 143: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

SANITARY AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 5 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

buckets and trap primer inlets where required. Refer to drawing schedules for addition options.

B. Each floor drain, other than a light duty rating, shall have an ANSI load rating and

be so indicated on the Shop Drawings. If rating is not indicated on Shop Drawings, they will be rejected.

C. Provide membrane clamps on all floor drains in floors having waterproof

membrane.

D. Slot in grates shall be free of flashing (clean cut), and tops shall not have sharp edges which may be injurious to bare feet when used in shower or swimming pool areas.

E. Refer to Schedule on the Drawings for specific types and accessories.

2.4 CLEANOUTS

A. General Construction: Floor cleanouts shall be adjustable, inside caulk with flashing clamp and other accessories and features indicated on the Schedule on the Drawings.

B. General: All cleanouts to be line size up to and including 4 inches and installed

in accessible locations.

C. Each floor cleanout other than a light duty rating, shall have a ANSI load rating and be so indicated on the Shop Drawings. If rating is not indicated on Shop Drawings, they will be rejected.

D. Provide membrane clamps on all cleanouts in floors having waterproofing

membranes.

E. Refer to Schedule on the Drawings for specific types and accessories. 2.5 TRAPS

A. Same material as piping. B. Refer to Section 22 42 00, "Plumbing Fixtures" for fixture traps, exception, floor

mounted fixtures. 2.6 SOLDER AND BRAZING ALLOYS

A. Solder: 95/5 tin-antimony (ASTM B32). B. Copper Brazing Alloys: Silver/phosphorous or silver/zinc alloys having a melting

point greater than 1,000 degrees F.

1. Sil-Fos filler as manufactured by Handy Harmon.

2.7 VENT FLASHING (use only for built-up roofs - check with architect for type of roof - IN EACH AREA)

Page 144: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

SANITARY AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 6 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

A. 8 ounce copper (ASTM B152) flashing or per roof manufacturer's requirements. B. Ultra-violet light and ozone resistant, flexible weather resistant E.D.P.M pipe

flashing with ribbed aluminum base.

1. Pate, Vent Products, Swarthwout, Shipman or Thy-Curb.

Vent flashing not required if standing metal seam or membrane is to be used. Vents to go through vent boots - by Roofing Contractor

2.8 TRENCH DRAINS

A. Fish Lab Floors:

1. 5.25 inch wide pre-sloped drainage system with 100 percent polypropylene interlocking channels with radiused bottom, with light-duty black molded polypropylene ADA cover grate (Model 9870-494-PADA or equivalent).

2. Refer to the Plumbing Drawings for length and size connections, etc.

3. Manufacturers: Refer to Plumbing Drawings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION

A. Pitch soil and waste piping no less than 1/8 inch per foot, for pipes 2 inches and smaller, pitch at 1/4 inch per foot. Pitch kitchen piping at 1/4 inch per foot from the grease interceptor to sanitary inlet piping.

B. Minimum size is 2 inches for underground waste and vent piping.

C. Install P-trap below floor for floor drains, floor sinks, janitor receptors, showers,

standpipes and hub drains.

D. All changes of directions shall be made with TY or Y fittings and 1/8 bends as required.

E. All pipe joints shall be compatible with piping for size, material and joint types.

F. Provide all necessary adapters, fittings, and pipe required to make connections

to site utility piping and to new and existing building sewer and drains.

G. All sanitary waste and vent piping in return air plenums required to be insulated, shall be insulated with pipe insulation meeting the requirements for return air plenums.

H. Plastic piping shall not be allowed in return air plenums and other areas

prohibited by Code.

I. All piping shall be concealed, unless indicated on Drawings.

Page 145: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

SANITARY AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 7 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

J. Vertical stacks shall be supported by riser clamps at each floor and concealed when passing through finished areas, unless noted otherwise.

3.2 VENTS

A. Install vents through roof as follows:

1. 3 inches minimum size. 2. Locate at least 10 feet away from outside wall of building and 15 feet

away from outside air intakes or operable windows.

3. Offset vent piping below roof to allow for thermal expansion and contraction, minimum 4 foot offset.

4. Vents to extend 12 inches above roof, except where specifically required

to be higher or lower by code.

5. Plumbing Contractor cuts hole(s) in roof. Coordinate cutting of roof with General Trades Contractor. Install vent through roof vent boot or sleeve in membrane or metal roof. Roof vent boots furnished and installed by General Trades Contractor. General Trades Contractor to flash vents into roof construction and make watertight.

6. Coordinate vent locations through roofs with General Trades Contractor,

HVAC Contractor and Architect. B. Pitch vents for proper drainage.

3.3 FLOOR DRAINS AND CLEANOUTS

A. This Contractor is responsible for installing top of floor drains and cleanouts flush and level with wall or finished floor. If not shown on Architectural Drawings, confirm elevation and proper floor pitch to floor drains and floor cleanouts with Architect before roughing in. All items not installed flush and level will be removed and replaced by this Contractor at no cost to the Owner.

B. Use graphite on all cleanout plug threads.

C. Install duct tape over floor drains and cleanout covers to provide protection from

scratching and collection of dirt and debris during construction. Remove tape just prior to final inspection.

D. Install wall cleanouts in finished areas, at the base of all stacks at 18 inches

above finished floor where indicated on Drawings.

E. Provide exposed cleanout plugs without cover plate in unfinished areas or in above ceiling installations.

F. Exterior: Install in center of 24 inch square concrete slab, 6 inches thick flush

with grade or pavement. Concrete shall be the responsibility of the Plumbing Contractor but installed by General Trades Contractor.

Page 146: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

SANITARY AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 8 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

G. All floor drain interiors shall be clean just prior to final inspection.

H. Install floor drains and cleanouts in accessible locations.

I. Install square cleanouts and floor drains in quarry tile floors and carefully align edges parallel to room walls.

J. Install tops of hub drains 1 inch above finished floor.

3.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate piping with beams, joists, foundation piers and walls and footings, HVAC piping and ductwork, equipment, electrical equipment, wiring, and installation with conduit, crane and crane rails.

B. Coordinate vents through roof, floor and hub drain and cleanout locations and

elevations and installation with walls, equipment and housekeeping pads with the General Trades Contractor and other Contractors.

C. Coordinate location and elevation of existing and new building sanitary sewer

lines. 3.5 TESTS

A. Test entire new sanitary system as required by the Local Code Authority. B. For a minimum test, plug piping and fill with water to highest vent on roof to

provide a minimum of 10 foot of head of water on all parts of the system. Maintain for one hour with no leakage. Repair any deficiencies. Final test to be conducted with smoke or peppermint at 1 inch W.C. for fifteen (15) minutes. Install gaskets or reset fixtures with new gaskets as required.

C. All tests to be performed before any piping is covered or concealed and a written

record of the test shall be submitted to the Architect's Representative as a part of the Owner's Record and Information Booklets.

D. Should leaks occur, the defective section(s) of pipe and/or defective fitting(s)

shall be removed and replaced with new materials at no cost to Owner.

E. Tests shall be repeated until no leaks occur.

F. Isolate existing system as much as possible during test.

END OF SECTION

Page 147: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

COMMERCIAL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 22 42 00 - 1 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

SECTION 22 42 00

COMMERCIAL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and General provisions of the Contract, Including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 GENERAL

A. Provide plumbing fixtures as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 1.3 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Traps 2. Supply Pipes

3. Plumbing Fixtures

a. Drains

i. Trench Drains

b. Sink

i. Wash Sink

4. Fixture Supports

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PLUMBING FIXTURES

A. Plumbing Fixtures 1. Refer to Plumbing Drawings for fixture Models and Manufacturers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL

A. Provide plumbing fixtures in a secure, true, plumb and symmetrical manner. Thoroughly clean each fixture after installation and leave in proper working order, absolutely solid in their respective positions. For sinks and lavatories, verify clockwise rotation for cold water stem and counterclockwise rotation for hot water stem while facing respective stems.

Page 148: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

COMMERCIAL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 22 42 00 - 2 OU Sutton Hall New Fish Lab – Basement Room 2

B. Water supply piping serving flush valves for water closets, urinals and associated

accessories shall be securely anchored within the construction at each exit point to ensure that flush valves, equipment and accessories shall be absolutely rigid with no movement in supply pipes.

C. When fixture trim is completed, adjust stops to provide proper flow through each

valve or faucet.

D. Each fixture shall be filled with water and checked for leaks and retarded drainage.

E. Flush valves, loose key or wheel handle stops, valves and similar devices shall

be adjusted and balanced to provide first class operation of the various systems.

F. Floor-mounted fixtures shall not be installed until finished floor is in place.

G. Where any plumbing fixture comes in contact with the wall, seal with a non-shrink, mildew-resistant caulking.

H. Provide waterproofing of floor drains as required by local codes. Flashing

material shall extend a minimum of 18 inches from the center of the floor drain in all directions.

I. Installation of handicapped plumbing fixtures shall meet requirements of

Americans with Disabilities Act.

J. Provide final connection and install fixtures and equipment furnished by others.

END OF SECTION

Page 149: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0010 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Basic Electrical Materials, OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141008 - 0 Methods and Requirements RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 26 0010

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The Division 1 General Conditions applying to the General Contractor also apply to this Subcontractor as modified by Division 26 requirements.

1.2 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS

A. The Electrical Contractor shall be a company or firm engaged in the business of electrical contracting on a full-time basis and has had a minimum of five (5) years experience in the business of electrical contracting. The firm shall have completed a minimum of three (3) projects similar in size and scope to this project.

B. The Electrical Contracting firm shall be capable of providing a performance bond equal to the amount of 100% of the electrical contract sum.

C. The Electrical Contractor shall have a current Oklahoma State License.

D. Proof of the Contractor qualifications shall be submitted to the Owner upon request.

1.3 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY

A. The Electrical Contractor shall be the entity responsible for the proper execution of this project in accordance with the drawings and following specifications. If a materials supplier and/or manufacturer's representative assists in preparation of bids and/or submittals for the project, it is the Electrical Contractor's responsibility to determine that the materials being submitted meet the quality and performance criteria of the materials specified in these specifications.

1.4 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK

A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, appliances, equipment, tools, transportation, superintendence and service required to construct and install complete and operative in accordance with the true intent of the drawings and specifications, the electrical system as specified herein and as shown on the drawings.

B. The Contractor shall bid all labor and materials to make equipment that is specified and/or shown complete and functioning, whether all details are specifically mentioned or not. In the case of conflicts, these Specifications shall have precedence over the plans.

1.5 ELECTRICAL STANDARDS, REGULATIONS, AND CODES

A. All ordinances, laws, and codes of the City, County, State, and National governments, and the local utility company standards shall be observed, and no work shall be acceptable that does not comply. The Contractor shall be held responsible and shall make any of the work installed by him conform to these regulations and codes with no additional expense to the Owner.

B. Applicable provisions of the following statutes, laws, codes, and standards are hereby imposed on a general basis for the electrical work in addition to specific application specified by individual work sections of these specifications: 1. National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) 2. Life Safety Code (NFPA 101)

Page 150: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0010 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Basic Electrical Materials, OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141008 - 0 Methods and Requirements RFP #R-20451-20

3. National Electrical Safety Code, (ANSI C2.) 4. International Code Council 5. Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities (ICC/ANSI A117.1) 6. Statutes and regulations of the State of Oklahoma 7. University of Oklahoma standards

1.6 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

A. General: 1. The Division 26 specifications and “E-sheet” drawings have been made to form the basis for the

installation of the electrical work. The drawings and specifications shall be considered as mutually explanatory, and any work required by one, but not by the other, will be performed as though required by both.

2. The work shall be accomplished as called for in the specifications and as shown on the drawings.

B. Basic documents describing the electrical work: 1. Drawings: Refer to the ("E") series drawings for the graphic representations, schedules and

notations showing electrical work. 2. Specifications: Refer to Division 26 for the primary technical specifications of electrical work. 3. Base Bid Proposal: For the complete description refer to Division 1 and to the Bid Form. 4. Alternate Bid Proposals: Refer to Division 1 and to the Bid Form for the complete description.

C. Other documents affecting the electrical work: 1. The Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, Plumbing, Fire Sprinkler System, Civil, and other

special system drawings and specifications for this project may also contain important information that must be taken into consideration while preparing bids for and installing the electrical work. It is the responsibility of this Contractor to examine all available drawings and to determine their effect on the electrical work.

2. Do not scale the electrical drawings for locations of equipment and devices. Refer to the Architectural, Structural, and shop drawings for actual dimensions.

D. Accuracy of drawings and specifications: 1. The specifications and drawings have been made to form the basis for the installation of this

contractor's work. The plans and specifications shall be considered as mutually explanatory, and any work required by one, but not by the other shall be performed as though required by both.

2. These drawings and specifications are presumed to be accurate, but extreme accuracy is not guaranteed. Any errors or ambiguities in the drawings and/or specifications that are discovered by the Contractor during the bidding phase shall be reported to the Architect/Engineer. The Architect/Engineer will review and issue an addendum.

3. Any errors or ambiguities in the drawings and specifications that are discovered by the Contractor after the bidding phase shall be reported to the Architect/Engineer before the work is started. Omission of particular reference to any item necessary for complete installation and proper operation thereof shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility of furnishing the same at no extra cost.

1.7 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

A. If the Contractor has any questions concerning the true intent and/or meaning of these drawings and specifications, he shall request a clarification in writing from the Architect/Engineer before submitting his bid (See Division 1).

B. In case of a dispute concerning the true intent and/or meaning of these drawings and specifications, the Architect/Engineer shall interpret the same, and his interpretation shall be accepted by the Contractor as final.

Page 151: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0010 - 3 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Basic Electrical Materials, OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141008 - 0 Methods and Requirements RFP #R-20451-20

1.8 EXAMINATION OF THE SITE AND EXISTING FACILITIES

A. All Contractors submitting proposals for this work shall, before submittal of proposals, examine the site and thoroughly familiarize themselves with the existing conditions. All bid proposals shall take into consideration all such conditions that may affect the work under this contract and the bidders shall satisfy themselves as to the existing building conditions, the actual configurations, existing equipment, etc. No information given on the drawings or in the specifications shall relieve the Contractor of this responsibility.

B. Failure of the Contractor to examine the site and/or existing facilities will not be cause for extras by reason of unforeseen conditions.

1.9 PERMITS, FEES, LICENSES, AND TAXES

A. All necessary licenses or permits for the carrying out of this work shall be secured and paid for by this Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damages sustained due to his failure to secure such licenses or permits. This Contractor shall pay all taxes applicable to his work.

1.10 ELECTRICAL DEFINITIONS

A. The following definitions supplement definitions of the Contract, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and other General Contract Documents, and apply generally to the work. 1. General Requirements: Provisions of Division 1 sections of these specifications. 2. Indicated: Shown on drawings by notes, graphics or schedules, or written into other portions of

contract documents. Terms such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled" and "specified" have same meaning as "indicated", and are used to assist the reader in locating particular information.

3. Directed, Requested, Approved, Accepted, etc.: These terms imply "by the Architect/Engineer", unless otherwise indicated.

4. Approved by Architect/Engineer: In no case releases Contractor from responsibility to fulfill requirements of contract documents.

5. Project Site: Space available to Contractor at location of project, either exclusively or to be shared with separate Contractors, for performance of the work.

6. Furnish: Supply and deliver to project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar subsequent requirements.

7. Install: Operations at project site, including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar requirements.

8. Provide: Furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use. 9. Installer: Entity (firm or person) engaged to install work, by Contractor, Subcontractor or Sub

subcontractor. Installers are required to be skilled experts in work they are engaged to install.

1.11 COOPERATION

A. This Contractor shall employ a full time experienced and competent electrical superintendent to supervise the installation of the electrical system, represent him on the project and to coordinate the electrical work with the other trades.

B. This Contractor shall cooperate fully with all other Contractors on this project. If any part of this Contractor's work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other Contractor, this Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Architect/Engineer any defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such execution and results. His failure to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other Contractor's work as fit and proper for the reception of this work.

C. This Contractor shall coordinate work with all other Contractors or Subcontractors whose work will be in contact with the work under this heading, so that proper cooperation between the different trades shall result there from.

Page 152: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0010 - 4 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Basic Electrical Materials, OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141008 - 0 Methods and Requirements RFP #R-20451-20

D. To insure against delaying any other Contractor, this Contractor shall install immediately any of his work necessary at the time for continuous construction operations, and shall be held responsible for any delays caused due to his negligence. This Contractor shall at all times keep in close contact with the project, so that all work will proceed without delay.

1.12 WORKMANSHIP

A. The work to be performed as a part of this contract shall be performed by experienced craftsmen in a neat, careful, and workman-like manner, and in full compliance with all requirements of the latest revision of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and The National Electrical Installation Standards (NEIS), latest issue. The entire installation shall conform to the best standard practices of the electrical industry.

B. Any work found to be defective, not approved in writing, or in any way contrary to the provisions of this specification, no matter in what state of completion, may be rejected by the Architect/Engineer and must be brought into compliance immediately upon notification.

1.13 COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

A. Sequence, coordinate and integrate the various elements of electrical work so that the electrical system will perform as indicated and be in harmony with the other work of the building. The Architect/Engineer will not supervise the coordination, which is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor.

B. Raceways and cables shall not be installed closer than 6 inches from flues and steam or hot water lines. Give the right-of-way in confined-service spaces to piping which must slope for drainage and to larger HVAC ductwork and similar services which are less conformable than electrical services. The various phases of work shall have precedence over each other in the following sequence: 1. Soil and Waste Piping 2. Condensate Piping 3. Primary Electrical Conduit 4. Domestic Water Piping 5. Duct Work 6. Refrigerant Piping 7. Chilled and Heating Hot Water Piping 8. Gas Piping 9. Electrical Conduit and Wireways 10. Fire Sprinkler Piping

C. Locations, horsepower, and electrical ratings of motors and other electrical equipment indicated on the drawings are for guidance only and do not limit the equipment sizes or exact locations. When electrically operated equipment furnished under other divisions of these specifications materially differs from the design shown, this Contractor shall make the necessary adjustments to the wiring, disconnect devices, control devices, and branch circuit protection to accommodate the equipment actually installed. Coordinate exact locations of connections, sizes, etc. with the contractor providing the equipment.

1.14 ELECTRICAL WORK INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS

A. The branch circuit wiring is indicated on the drawings, and is intended to be generally installed as shown. Any changes in the circuiting or conduit routing shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for approval before any deviations are made.

B. Any changes to the work under this contract from that shown on the drawings to make the work conform to the structure, to fit the work of other trades, or alternate methods of installation preferred by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for his approval before any deviations are made.

Page 153: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0010 - 5 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Basic Electrical Materials, OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141008 - 0 Methods and Requirements RFP #R-20451-20

1.15 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE

A. Scheduling: This contractor shall be responsible for the proper scheduling, for delivery of his materials, equipment, and etc., to minimize the possibilities of damage or theft.

B. Storage: 1. This Contractor shall be responsible for the proper care of all his materials, equipment, etc.,

delivered at the site. 2. Building materials, Contractor's equipment, etc., may be stored on the premises, but the placing

of same shall be subject to the approval of the Project Manager. 3. When any room in the building is used as a shop, storeroom, etc., the one making use of such

room will be held responsible for any repairs, patching or cleaning arising from such use.

C. Damage: 1. This Contractor shall protect and be responsible for any damage to his work or material, from the

date of the agreement until the final acceptance is made, and shall make good without cost to the Owner any damage or loss that may occur during this period.

2. Contractor shall handle all material as directed, so that they may be inspected by the Architect/Engineer upon request.

3. Should any material be found defective, not approved in writing, or in any way contrary to the contract, this material, no matter in what state of completion may be rejected by the Architect/Engineer and must be removed from the premises at once.

D. No waste material or rubbish resulting from this work shall be allowed to accumulate on or about the premises, but shall be promptly removed at the Contractor's expense.

1.16 TELEPHONE AND DATA SERVICES

A. Telephone and data cables will be furnished and installed by The University of Oklahoma.

B. Furnish and install raceways for the telephone and data cables per Section 26 0533 and as indicated on the drawings.

1.17 ELECTRICAL SERVICE

A. Refer to Electrical drawings for secondary electrical service to the building.

1.18 TEMPORARY ELECTRIC SERVICE

A. This Contractor shall furnish and install a temporary electrical lighting and power system in the building for use during construction. The existing electrical power system may be utilized, if allowed by Division 1, and as necessary for this system. Refer to Section 01 5000 for additional information regarding temporary facilities.

1.19 SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS

A. Any revisions to the electrical system which require interruption to the electrical services in use in the existing building(s) shall be of the shortest duration as practical. Times of interruption shall be coordinated with the Owner's Representative and accomplished after hours, on weekends, and/or at times as directed.

1.20 PENETRATIONS OF FIRE WALLS AND SMOKE PARTITIONS

A. All openings for electrical raceways, sleeves, devices, etc. which penetrate fire walls and/or smoke partitions shall be sealed with an approved sealing material, which will maintain the fire and/or smoke rating of the separation.

Page 154: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0010 - 6 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Basic Electrical Materials, OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141008 - 0 Methods and Requirements RFP #R-20451-20

1.21 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

A. This Contractor shall provide the necessary personnel and equipment to demonstrate that the electrical systems, equipment, and/or other system components are functioning to the performance as specified. The necessary personnel shall include electricians, technicians, engineers, or vendors’ representatives as necessary for the system involved. The equipment shall include electrical metering and test equipment as necessary to demonstrate performance for the particular system or equipment in question.

B. All electrical systems and installations shall be tested to show that the equipment is installed and operates as planned and specified.

C. Take load readings at all panelboards and change branch circuits as required if unbalance of the load exists. The ampere readings should not differ more than 20% on ungrounded conductors. Submit load readings to the Architect/Engineer.

D. At the completion of the project, and before final payment is made, this Contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer for transmittal to the Owner, two (2) copies of a written record of performance tests on the electrical systems. Such tests shall show compliance with governing codes. These test reports shall be signed and certified by this Contractor.

E. This Contractor shall take all actions necessary to eliminate the source of any objectionable noise or vibration. Such changes shall be made without cost or inconvenience to the Owner. All air devices, transformers, relays, starters, lighting units, and other equipment shall not exceed the noise criterion curve of 35 db SPL when measured on the flat response C scale in any occupied spaces.

1.22 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT

A. Mechanical equipment supplied under Divisions 11, 22, 23, Owner furnished equipment, and other equipment supplied under other Divisions of this specification will require electrical feeders, control wiring, and connections as indicated on the drawings. Sizes of the feeders and circuit protective devices have been indicated. Exact locations, details and sizes of connections shall be coordinated with the supplier of the equipment item and connected as directed by the equipment manufacturer's instructions or Owner's Representative.

B. Outlets for electric water coolers (drinking fountains) shall be coordinated with the contractor responsible for furnishing and installing the coolers. Install the receptacles in accordance with the water cooler manufacturer recommended locations.

C. If disconnect switches for equipment are indicated to be mounted directly on the equipment, bring the conduits and wiring to and mount switch at the location as directed by the equipment manufacturer.

D. Maintain required working space per NEC 110.26.

1.23 CONTROL WIRING, DEVICES AND CONNECTIONS

A. Wiring required for control of mechanical equipment has been indicated in schematic diagrams on the E series drawings. The Contractor shall coordinate the installation and connection of the wiring with the Contractor providing the controls.

B. Line voltage control wiring shall be per Sections 26 0519, installed in conduits per Section 26 0533 of this specification. Low voltage thermostat wire shall be provided by the supplier of the equipment, installed and connected by this Contractor.

C. Control Relays where required: Coil voltage, number of poles and ratings shall be as indicated

Page 155: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0010 - 7 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Basic Electrical Materials, OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141008 - 0 Methods and Requirements RFP #R-20451-20

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Square D, Class 8501 installed in NEMA-1 enclosures or approved equivalent from one of the following manufacturers: a. Allen Bradley b. Siemens c. GE d. Square D

2. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01.

1.24 REMODEL WORK

A. Certain areas of the existing building(s) may be required to be remodeled as shown on the drawings. In these areas electrical equipment and devices may be required to be disconnected and/or relocated from their points of service or function. Where these conditions are encountered, this Contractor shall remove and/or relocate the devices as shown or required and reconnect the devices to their original source as required.

B. Work in the remodeled areas shall be phased the same as the general contractor's work.

C. New devices and circuits are indicated to be connected to existing panelboards. Spare breakers may be used where available. If spare breakers are not available, install new circuit breakers in existing spaces.

1.25 DAMAGE

A. Damage to the Owner's property or other Contractor's work caused by this Contractor, or damage due to failure of his equipment or materials, shall be repaired or replaced at this Contractor's expense.

1.26 SALVAGE MATERIALS

A. Electrical materials which are removed from the existing building(s) (lighting fixtures, transformers, generators, etc.) shall be offered to the Owner. If the Owner does not want the materials, they shall become the property of the Contractor and removed from the job site. Owner retained materials shall be transported to and stored at the locations as directed by the Owner.

1.27 CLEANING AND TOUCH-UP

A. Prior to final inspection the Contractor shall clean the construction dust from all lighting fixtures and lamps, clean any paint or other foreign material from all panelboards and devices, and touch-up paint on all electrical equipment.

1.28 GUARANTEE

A. Warranties: The contractor shall deliver to the owner, via architect, all warranties on all equipment, which are for a longer period than one year.

B. Guarantee: The Contractor shall guarantee the apparatus as installed by him to develop the performance as specified, and shall guarantee to keep the entire system as installed by him or his Subcontractors in repair and perfect working order for one (1) year after day of acceptance of same, and shall furnish free of cost to the Owner all material, labor and other expenses necessary to comply with the above guarantee, said guarantee being based upon defective material, workmanship, and equipment performance.

1.29 SUBSTITUTIONS OF SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

A. Where an item of equipment is specified on the plans or in the specifications with no specific manufacturer named, it shall be assumed that products of any manufacturer meeting the requirements of the specification will be acceptable.

Page 156: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0010 - 8 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Basic Electrical Materials, OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141008 - 0 Methods and Requirements RFP #R-20451-20

B. Refer to Section 01 2500 for additional information regarding substitutions.

1.30 ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS

A. General: 1. Submittals shall be in accordance with Division 1 requirements except as modified herein. Refer

to Section 01 3000 for additional information regarding submittals. 2. Each item of electrical equipment shall be submitted for approval. 3. The Electrical Contractor is responsible for the content, preparation and timely delivery of the

electrical submittal. If a second party prepares the submittal for the Contractor, it is the Electrical Contractor's responsibility to assure that the submittal is complete and in the proper format and content as set forth in this specification.

4. Contractor shall submit dimensioned shop drawings where required. Shop drawings shall show relationship of electrical equipment with the building structure and equipment of other trades. a. Shop drawings will be submitted for any items or equipment which is fabricated specifically

for this project. All such shop drawings shall be included with the submittal data. Fabrication or shipment of such equipment shall not be started until all shop drawings have been approved and released by the Owner’s representative.

b. Shop drawings shall be provided for modifications to the fire alarm system.

B. Certification Statement: 1. The electrical submittal shall be accompanied by a statement signed by the Electrical Contractor

or his authorized representative stating that: a. He has thoroughly reviewed the project drawings and specifications and has made himself

aware of all of the requirements contained therein. b. He has thoroughly reviewed the electrical submittal, certifies that it is complete, that he is

familiar with the equipment being submitted, and certifies that all substituted products are equal in every way to those specified.

c. He is submitting to the Architect/Engineer a list of any deviations in quality or performance of materials being submitted from the quality or performance of materials specified on drawings or in the specifications.

2. Any submittal without this statement is considered to be incomplete and will not be reviewed until the letter is received.

C. Submittal Schedule: 1. Refer to Section 01 3000 for information on submittal schedule.

D. Submittal Format: 1. The Contractor shall provide the submittal in electronic/PDF format to the Owner’s representative

for approval. 2. Submittals shall be provided with an index and divided by specification section – no more than

one specification section per electronic file. Materials, devices, and equipment shall be submitted under their associated specification section. Each submittal shall include an entire specification section (for example, submit all items included in the raceways and boxes section, not just the EMT). Submittal data shall be arranged in the same order as the specifications.

3. When utilizing catalog pages, highlight or indicate the items, accessories, and options, to be provided as part of the project.

4. Provide a separate sheet similar to the index, recording deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. Highlight these deviations so it is apparent to the reviewer.

5. Include Contractor’s certification that information and equipment complies with Contract Document requirements.

6. Submittal shall be provided with specification section title sheets corresponding to the specification.

7. Partial specification section submittals will not be accepted. 8. The submittal shall consist of a list of the materials, devices, and equipment to be furnished

together with descriptive literature, equipment name, capacities, manufacturer’s model and size,

Page 157: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0010 - 9 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Basic Electrical Materials, OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141008 - 0 Methods and Requirements RFP #R-20451-20

performance data as the conditions specify, approximate delivery date, and any other pertinent facts concerning the various items. The submittal shall consist of all the items in the specifications, and shall include the following for each item or group of similar items: a. Item name and designation number shown on plans; manufacturer’s name, model and size

number; capacity and performance data corresponding to that set forth in the specifications and shown in the schedule on the plans.

b. Printed descriptive literature and cuts showing general arrangement and design of the equipment submitted. Complete catalogs are neither desired nor acceptable as submittals. Include only portions of catalogs that pertain to the equipment submitted with specific items/models to be provided for the project clearly indicated.

NOTE: PARTIAL OR INCOMPLETE SUBMITTAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS AND SUBMITTAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS NOT CONFORMING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION MAY NOT BE ACCEPTED, AND MAY BE RETURNED TO THE CONTRACTOR FOR COMPLETION AND/OR CORRECTION.

E. Submittal Review: 1. The Architect/Engineer will review the submittal for conformance with the requirements of the

specification and issue a report thereon. Items rejected, incomplete, or request for additional information will be contained in the report and may require resubmittal.

2. The Architect/Engineer will review and prepare a report with recommendations on the submittal and one (1) resubmittal. If the resubmittal is incomplete or in any other way unsatisfactory or unacceptable, the review of any further required resubmittals will be at the Contractors expense, otherwise the material must be furnished as specified.

1.31 APPROVAL OF MATERIALS

A. The Architect/Engineer will not, under any circumstances, give verbal approval for any item. The Contractor must obtain the Architect/Engineer's written approval of each item submitted.

B. The Architect/Engineer will not be required to prove that an item proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item. It is mandatory that the Contractor submit to the Architect/Engineer, in writing, all evidence required to support his contention that the item proposed for substitution is equal to the item indicated by the plans and/or specifications. Any deviations from the specified products shall be called to the attention of the Architect/Engineer.

C. The Architect/Engineer's approval of such submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for proper performance of all equipment.

D. The Architect/Engineer's approval of submitted equipment shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment that have the features, function, and performance of the specified items, unless he has in writing, directed the attention of the Architect/Engineer to such deviations at the time the materials are submitted for approval.

E. The Architect/Engineer's decision on the approval or rejection of any item shall be accepted by the Contractor as final.

F. Approved submittals and shop drawings will become a part of the construction documents for this project.

1.32 MATERIALS INSTALLED ON PROJECT

A. The Contractor shall verify that materials installed on the project have been approved by the Architect/Engineer.

B. All materials furnished shall be new and a standard catalog product of the manufacturer. Experimental or unproven designs will not be considered.

Page 158: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0010 - 10 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Basic Electrical Materials, OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141008 - 0 Methods and Requirements RFP #R-20451-20

1.33 AS CONSTRUCTED DRAWINGS AND OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUAL

A. At the completion of the project, and before final payment is made, this Contractor shall submit as-built Record Drawings and Operating and Maintenance Manuals to the Architect/Engineer. Refer to Section 01 7000 for information regarding Record Drawings and O&M Manuals. 1. As-Constructed Drawings: The Contractor shall maintain a set of electrical drawings during

construction on which any and all changes made in the installation of the electric system are recorded. These recorded changes shall include any changes in routing of conduits, relocated electrical equipment, etc. and any other changes made during the progress of the work. Locate all underground conduits with dimensions. Show the actual panel board circuit numbers and load description of each circuit. At the completion of the project, neatly transfer all of the changes in colored pencil or pen, in the same nomenclature as the original drawings, to one (1) clean, complete set of electrical working drawings.

2. Operating and Maintenance Manual (O & M Manual): One (1) loose-leaf 3 ring binder with tabs or in electronic pdf form, containing a compilation of catalog data of each manufactured item of equipment used in the electrical work. This catalog may be similar to the electrical submittal, but shall include all descriptive data and printed installation, operating, instructions, guarantees, warranties, maintenance agreements, maintenance proposals and maintenance instructions for each item of equipment. A complete type written index shall be provided listing each product alphabetically by name together with the manufacturer, catalog number, and name, address, and telephone number of the area sales representative.

1.34 SPARE MATERIALS AND KEYS

A. At the completion of the project, and before final payment is made, this Contractor shall submit the following to the Architect/Engineer for transmittal to the Owner: 1. Keys: Two keys of each type of key on the job. 2. Spare Materials: Deliver spare fuses, lamps, and other spare equipment specified in various

sections of this specification and store as directed.

1.35 PROJECT CLOSEOUT OR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION SITE VISIT

A. Refer to Section 01 7000 for additional information regarding project closeout.

B. The Architect/Engineer will conduct a review of the electrical installation when the Contractor gives notification that all the materials have been furnished and all work has been performed, and all the construction provided for by the contract has been completed in accordance with the contract terms.

C. In order to expedite the review of the electrical system installation, the Contractor shall have the following available at the job site on the agreed upon day(s) and time of the Architect/Engineer site visit. 1. The Electrical Superintendent to represent the Contractor and to be available to answer any

questions that may arise regarding the installation of the electrical system. 2. Three (3) copies of a list of any items that are not complete with supporting documentation for the

reasons the items are incomplete. 3. As constructed drawings per Section 26 0010. 4. Equipment catalog with operation and maintenance manuals, per Section 26 0010. 5. Spare parts and equipment, per 26 0010. 6. Warranties, guarantees, and certification letters. 7. Electrical system performance test reports and certifications.

D. If it is necessary for the Architect/Engineer to make a return trip to the jobsite for another review due to the Contractor's failure to adequately complete his portion of the work, the cost of the Architect/Engineer's time and expenses of the return to the jobsite for the review will be at the Contractor's expense and will be withheld from the Contractor's final payment.

Page 159: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0010 - 11 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Basic Electrical Materials, OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141008 - 0 Methods and Requirements RFP #R-20451-20

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Refer to specific sections of Division 26 for products required for described work.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)

END OF SECTION

Page 160: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 161: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0040 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Electrical Demolition OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 26 0040

ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The Division 1 General Conditions applying to the General Contractor also apply to this Subcontractor as modified by Division 26 requirements.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The extent of demolition work is indicated on the drawings and by the requirements of this section. A visit to the site will be required to properly bid the demolition work.

B. Provide all demolition work required for the removal and/or relocation of electrical equipment and associated conductors, conduit, boxes, etc. to provide a complete and operable system upon completion of the project.

C. Work shall at all times be in compliance with local and national safety codes. Great care shall be taken to avoid leaving hazardous conditions unattended.

D. Schedule any required power outages in writing a minimum of 10 days in advance with the Owner.

E. Division 26 work includes removal or relocation of electrical devices which may include panels, transformers, lighting, fire alarm devices, exit signs, conduit, wiring, etc., in the areas to be remodeled as required and as indicated on the drawings. Demolition plans were prepared from as-built drawings and site surveys. Field modifications and/or additions have been made since the preparation of the as-built drawings, and all demolition items may not be shown or exist as exactly indicated, and absolute accuracy cannot be guaranteed. Contractor shall field verify actual conditions for himself during bidding and shall anticipate and include in his bid contingencies for any necessary work that may appear after demolition work has begun.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DEMOLITION

A. Where devices or equipment are indicated or required to be removed, the associated boxes, conduit, and conductors shall be removed back to their source.

B. Where devices or equipment are indicated or required to be relocated, the associated boxes, conduit, and conductors shall be removed back to a junction box and new products shall be used to extend the service to the new location.

C. Where devices or equipment are served from under a concrete floor, the conduit shall be cut off below finish floor level and capped. Non-shrink cementitious grout shall be provided to level the finished floor.

D. Where underfloor duct openings are deactivated the pedestal and associated fittings shall be removed and returned to the owner. Install a mud cap in the underfloor duct insert and grout flush with finished floor.

E. Where conduits are run above inaccessible ceilings or in walls which are to remain undisturbed, conductors shall be removed and the conduits capped and abandoned in place.

Page 162: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0040 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Electrical Demolition OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

F. Where the demolition work renders equipment downstream inoperable, service shall be extended to the downstream devices or equipment so that they are left in operating condition.

G. Where devices or equipment are served with conduits penetrating a basement wall, the conduits shall be cut off outside the basement wall and capped. The basement wall penetration shall be sealed and made watertight.

END OF SECTION

Page 163: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0049 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Electrical Temporary Facilities OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 26 0049

ELECTRICAL TEMPORARY FACILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The Division 1 General Conditions applying to the General Contractor also apply to this Subcontractor as modified by Division 26 requirements.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The types of temporary facilities and uses requiring electrical work may include (but are not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. Temporary power service/source. 2. Temporary power distribution. 3. Temporary lighting. 4. Temporary use of permanent electrical facilities.

B. Refer to Division 1 and Section 01 5000 for basic requirements and administrative requirements relating to electrical work of temporary facilities.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Governing Regulations, Permits: Comply with governing regulations for the electrical work of temporary facilities; including but not necessarily limited to code compliance's, permits, inspections, and health and safety compliance's.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Provide either new or used materials and equipment for electrical temporary facilities which are suitable for intended uses and will ensure safe, adequate performance of the facilities in accordance with governing regulations and codes.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION

A. General: Connect and terminate electrical temporary facilities at locations as determined by the General Contractor to fulfill project requirements. Unless specifically indicated in Division 1, the General Contractor will pay for electric utility usage during the period of construction. Install meters as required for the proper allocation of charges for temporary power use.

B. Electrical Work: 1. Temporary power service to the project construction area, including stand-alone power

generating units, or connected power service from an existing utility source, is not feasible. 2. Temporary power distribution (temporary wiring) for the purpose of supplying convenience

outlets, heating, temporary lighting, and similar facilities for construction, general services, security and protection. Work includes outlets with ground fault circuit interrupter protection and similar devices and facilities, but does not include extension cords and actual temporary mechanical equipment connections.

3. Temporary lighting for construction areas; for temporary offices, shops, storage sheds and similar temporary space enclosures; for exterior construction areas, parking roadways and walkways;

Page 164: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0049 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Electrical Temporary Facilities OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

and for special lighting for security, protection and project identification; but excluding plug-in type task lighting (defined as "tools"), needed to supplement general temporary lighting for specific construction activities.

4. A ground fault protective system per the N.E.C. shall be installed and maintained and shall be subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction.

3.2 REMOVAL AND RESTORATION

A. When no longer needed for construction work, remove electrical temporary facilities. Repair and restore or replace work damaged by installation and operation of electrical temporary facilities. Electrical equipment and devices installed as temporary facilities shall, upon removal, remain the property of the Installer. All debris and unused materials shall be removed from the site at the Contractors expense.

B. Restore any permanent equipment used for temporary facilities to original condition including lamps that have been in operation for one half or more of their rated life. All equipment shall be cleaned and touched up with manufacturer's matching paint. Light fixtures shall be carefully cleaned so as to not scratch or dull specular surfaces.

END OF SECTION

Page 165: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0519 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Low-Voltage Electrical OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 Power Conductors and Cables RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 26 0519

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. The Division 1 General Conditions applying to the General Contractor also apply to this Subcontractor as modified by Division 26 requirements.

1.2 GENERAL CONDITIONS

A. Provide wires, cables, and connector products which are UL-listed and labeled for the temperature, conditions, and location where installed.

B. All wiring shall be installed in raceways per Section 26 0533 unless specifically noted or specified otherwise.

C. Type MC cable is only approved for use as lighting fixture whips of 6 foot length or less on this project, unless other uses are preapproved by Architect/Engineer.

1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. NEC Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEC (current edition) for construction and installation of wires/cables and connectors.

B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL Stds 83 and 486A.

C. NEMA/ICEA Compliance: Comply with NEMA/ICEA Std Pub/no. WC-5.

D. ASTM Compliance: Comply with ASTM B1, 2, 3, and 8.

1.4 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The requirements of this section apply to cable, wire and conductor splices for work indicated in drawings, schedules and elsewhere in these specifications.

B. Copper conductors for systems less than 50V including remote control, signaling, and communications circuits.

C. The types of connectors suitable for copper conductors, as applicable, required for the project include the following: 1. Solderless pressure type 2. Compression type 3. Split-bolt type

1.5 CONTROL WIRING

A. Control wiring shall be in accordance with this section, No. 16AWG minimum size or as recommended by manufacturer of systems equipment (motor control, alarm systems, communications, etc.)

1.6 SPECIAL SYSTEM WIRE AND CABLE

A. Clock system wire: 1. This project does not require clock system wiring.

Page 166: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0519 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Low-Voltage Electrical OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 Power Conductors and Cables RFP #R-20451-20

B. Refer to the following sections for wiring for other special systems: 1. Section 283111 or Section 283112 for fire alarm system wire.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. American Insulated Wire Corp. 2. Brintec Corp. 3. Carol Cable Co. Inc. 4. Senator Wire and Cable Co. 5. Southwire Company

B. Copper conductors shall be furnished for all wires and cables. No aluminum or copper clad aluminum conductors will be allowed.

C. For voltages greater than 50V, provide wire and cable listed for 600V.

D. Conductor Color Coding: Provide color coding for secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors throughout the project secondary electrical system as follows:

208 or 240/120 Volts Conductor 480/277 Volts

Black A Phase Brown

Red B Phase Orange

Blue C Phase Yellow

White Neutral Gray

Green Equipment Ground Green

Green/yellow stripe Isolated Ground Green/yellow stripe 1. Conductors No. 10 and smaller shall have color factory-applied the entire length of the

conductors. Conductors No. 8 and larger may instead have colors applied according to Section 26 0533.

2. Control and Special Systems: In accordance with IPCEA or equipment manufacturer's recommendations.

E. Provide THHN/THWN insulation for all conductors size 500MCM and larger. For all other sizes, unless otherwise noted, provide THW, THHN/THWN or XHHW insulation as appropriate for the locations where installed. Provide types THW, THHW, THWN installation for conductors installed underground, under floor, or in wet locations. Provide USE insulation for underground service cable when specified in drawings.

F. Conductors and Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for Type THW, Type THHN/THWN, Type THWN-2, Type XHHW and Type USE.

G. Multi-conductor Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for Type AC, Type MC, Type MI, Type NM, Type SO, and Type USE with ground wire.

2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. AMP 2. 3M Company 3. O-Z/Gedney Co. 4. Square D Company

Page 167: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0519 - 3 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Low-Voltage Electrical OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 Power Conductors and Cables RFP #R-20451-20

B. For voltages greater than 50V, provide connectors listed for 600V.

C. Description: Factory-fabricated, solderless, metal connectors and splices of sizes, amp ratings, materials, types, and classes for applications and services indicated. Use connectors with temperature ratings equal to or greater than those of the wires upon which used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 WIRING METHODS

A. Wire sizes shall be as noted on the drawings. Wire shall be a minimum of No. 12 AWG unless noted otherwise.

B. No more than three circuits shall be allowed in a raceway. Where more than three (3) current carrying conductors are installed in a raceway, comply with NEC adjustment factors for reduced ampacity and for higher ambient temperatures.

C. Each circuit shall have a green grounding conductor installed with the phase and neutral conductors. The grounding conductor shall be sized as indicated and/or per the NEC. Refer to Section 26 0526.

D. Neutrals shall not be combined on branch circuits. A separate neutral shall be installed for each circuit. Multiconductor circuits are not allowed, except within UL listed equipment.

E. Feeders and Branch Circuits: Copper; solid or stranded for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger.

F. Exposed Feeders, Branch Circuits, and Class 1 Control Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN/THWN single conductors in raceway.

G. Feeders and Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN/THWN single conductors in raceway.

H. Feeders and Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN/THWN single conductors in raceway.

I. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, hard service cord with stainless-steel, wire-mesh, and strain-relief device at terminations to suit application.

J. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN/THWN single conductors in raceway.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

A. The wiring layout indicated on the drawings is intended to be diagrammatic and minor variances to accommodate the building structure are acceptable. If the Contractor desires to make major modifications to the general layout, (ie. install conduits overhead where indicated to be underfloor, etc.), he shall obtain the approval of the Architect/Engineer before beginning the changes.

B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 26 0533 prior to pulling conductors and cables.

C. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly.

D. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible.

Page 168: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0519 - 4 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Low-Voltage Electrical OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 Power Conductors and Cables RFP #R-20451-20

E. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. Do not use rope hitches for pulling attachment to wire or cable.

F. Pull conductors simultaneously where more than one is being installed in same raceway. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary.

G. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B.

H. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material. Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack.

I. Splices: No splices or joints will be permitted in feeders or branches except at outlets or accessible junction boxes. Secure joints in branch circuit wiring mechanically and electrically with solderless connectors as listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., pressure cable type, 600 volt rating, compression type. Install approved insulated connectors integral or separate cover to provide insulating value equal to that of the conductors being joined

J. Identify conductors and cables according to Section 26 0533.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. When the wiring has been pulled in and before tying into circuit breakers, motors, etc., test each conductor to ground and between conductors on each conduit run with a 600V DC "megger”. 1. Insulation should show a resistance reading of 150 megohms or higher. Any conductor in a

conduit that doesn’t, or shows a significantly lower resistance than the other conductors in the same conduit must be thoroughly checked and replaced

B. Prior to energizing, test wires and cables for electrical continuity.

C. Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize circuits and demonstrate functioning in accordance with requirements. Where necessary, correct malfunctioning units, and then retest to demonstrate compliance.

END OF SECTION

Page 169: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0529 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Hangers and Supports OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 For Electrical Systems RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 26 0529

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The Division 1 General Conditions applying to the General Contractor also apply to this Subcontractor as modified by Division 26 requirements.

1.2 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Steel slotted support systems shall be submitted for approval.

B. REFER TO SECTIONS 01 3000 AND 26 0010 FOR SUBMITTAL FORM AND REQUIREMENTS:

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with NFPA 70.

2.2 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS

A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: U-Channel, 16-gauge steel channels with 9/16” diameter holes a minimum of 8” on center in top surface, “Unistrut” or approved equal. Provide fittings and accessories that mate and match U-channel and are of the same manufacture. Comply with MFMA-4, factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering

products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Unistrut b. Thomas and Betts c. Gregory Industries, Inc. d. Flex-Strut e. Haydon Corporation, Inc.

B. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101.

C. Conduit, Cable, and Box Support Devices: Steel and malleable-iron hangers, clamps, and associated fittings. Shall be “Caddy” or approved equivalent. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering

products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Caddy. b. Cooper B-Line. c. Steel City.

D. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: 1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded heat-treated steel stud, for use in hardened portland

cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge type, zinc-coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58.

Page 170: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0529 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Hangers and Supports OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 For Electrical Systems RFP #R-20451-20

4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for attached structural element.

5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Comply with NFPA 70, NECA 1, and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article.

B. Separate dissimilar metals and metal products from contact with wood or cementitious materials by painting each metal surface in area of contact with a bituminous coating or by other permanent separation.

C. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT and RMC may be supported by existing openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70.

D. Parallel Runs of Horizontal Raceways: Install on trapeze-type supports fabricated with approved U-channel.

E. Support individual horizontal raceways by separate pipe hangers. Spring steel fasteners may be used in lieu of hangers only for 1-1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings only. For hanger rods with spring steel fasteners, use 1/4-inch-diameter or larger threaded steel. Use spring steel fasteners that are specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing.

F. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb at each support.

G. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor

fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27) complying with MSS SP-69 or Spring-

tension clamps. 6. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 7. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount on slotted-channel

racks attached to substrate.

H. Support exposed and concealed raceway within 1 foot of an unsupported box and access fittings. In horizontal runs, support at the box and access fittings may be omitted where box or access fittings are independently supported and raceway terminals are not made with chase nipples or threadless box connectors.

I. In vertical runs, arrange support so the load produced by the weight of the raceway and the enclosed conductors is carried entirely by the conduit supports with no weight load on raceway terminals.

J. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars.

Page 171: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0529 - 3 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Hangers and Supports OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 For Electrical Systems RFP #R-20451-20

K. Conduit, Cable, and Boxes shall be mounted to the structural members with approved mounting clips.

L. Vertical Conductor Supports: Install simultaneously with installation of conductors

M. Boxes mounted in metal stud walls: 1. All single gang boxes shall be mounted with approved mounting clips. 2. All multiple gang boxes shall be mounted with Caddy #TSGB or equal box supports. 3. Conduits shall be secured to studs with approved clips.

N. Support outlet boxes above suspended ceilings from the structure above. Provide outlets occurring at locations other than at the main ceiling channels with auxiliary metal cross members of adequate strength and stiffness. Conduits above suspended ceilings and flexible metallic raceway runs from junction boxes above removable suspended ceilings shall be adequately fastened to ceiling supporting members by means of clamps, spring clips, or other positive devices.

O. Device Box Supports: All device boxes mounted in metal stud walls shall be mounted with approved mounting clips and conduits secured with approved clips. 4" square and multi-gang boxes shall have far-side box supports.

P. Miscellaneous Supports: Support miscellaneous electrical components as required to produce the same structural safety factors as specified for raceway supports. Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnects, control enclosures, pull boxes, junction boxes, transformers, and other devices.

Q. Fastening: Unless otherwise indicated, fasten electrical items and their supporting hardware securely to the building structure, including but not limited to conduits, raceways, cables, cable trays, busways, cabinets, panelboards, transformers, boxes, disconnect switches, and control components in accordance with the following: 1. Fasten by means of wood screws or screw-type nails on wood, toggle bolts on hollow masonry

units, concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrete or solid masonry, and machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring-tension clamps on steel. Threaded studs driven by a powder charge and provided with lock washers and nuts may be used instead of expansion bolts and machine or wood screws. Do not weld conduit, pipe straps, or items other than threaded studs to steel structures. In partitions of light steel construction, use sheet metal screws.

2. Holes cut to depth of more than 1-1/2 inches in reinforced concrete beams or to depth of more than 3/4 inch in concrete shall not cut the main reinforcing bars. Fill holes that are not used.

3. Ensure that the load applied to any fastener does not exceed 25 percent of the proof test load. Use vibration-resistant and shock-resistant fasteners for attachments to concrete slabs.

R. Do not use wooden plugs inserted in masonry or concrete as a base to secure conduit supports. Provide toggle bolts for use with hollow concrete masonry units (CMU), and wedge anchors in concrete or brick. Hangers and devices for mounting of electrical equipment and devices shall be galvanized or otherwise protected from rusting by an approved method

END OF SECTION

Page 172: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 173: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0533 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Raceways and Boxes OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 For Electrical Systems RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 26 0533

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. The Division 1 General Conditions applying to the General Contractor also apply to this Subcontractor as modified by Division 26 requirements.

B. Submittals: 1. Product Data and Shop Drawings for custom enclosures and cabinets. 2. Manufacturer’s data on raceways, boxes, and fittings. 3. REFER TO SECTIONS 01 3000 AND 26 0533 FOR SUBMITTAL FORM AND REQUIREMENTS.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Products shall be new and undamaged. Raceways shall be a standard cataloged product of the manufacturer. Minimum conduit size shall be ¾”.

B. Conduit will be color coded as follows: 1. Normal power – Galvanized or no color 2. Emergency power – Yellow 3. Fire alarm - Red

2.2 GENERAL COMPLIANCE

A. NEC Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) as applicable to construction and installation of raceways, boxes, and fittings.

B. Listing and Labeling: raceways, boxes, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Manufacturers Association standards as applicable to nonmetallic fittings for underground installation.

D. NECA Standard: Comply with applicable portions of the National Electrical Contractors Association's "Standard of Installation”.

2.3 CONDUITS, TUBING, FITTINGS, AND WIREWAY MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, conduits, tubing, fittings, and wireways shall be manufactured by firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of conduits, tubing, fittings, and wireways of the types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 10 years. Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:

1. Conduit Bodies: a. Appleton Electric Co. b. Crouse-Hinds Co. c. Killark Electric Mfg. Co. d. Pyle-National Co.

2. Bushings, Knockout Closures, and Locknuts: a. Allen-Stevens Conduit Fittings Corp.

Page 174: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0533 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Raceways and Boxes OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 For Electrical Systems RFP #R-20451-20

b. Allied Metal Stamping, Inc. c. Appleton Electric Co. d. Carr Co. e. Raco, Inc. f. Steel City g. Midland-Ross Corp. h. Thomas and Betts Co., Inc.

2.4 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS

A. Conduit Bodies: Provide galvanized cast metal conduit bodies (condulets), of the type, shape and size, to suit each respective location and installation, constructed with threaded conduit hubs, removable cover with gasket, and corrosion resistant screws.

B. Conduit fittings shall conform to UL 467 and UL 514 as applicable for rigid metal conduit, flexible metal conduit, EMT, and MI cable. Fittings for each type of conduits shall be of the same material as the conduit and when installed underground or in wet locations, they shall provide a watertight joint.

C. Bushings, Knockout Closures and Locknuts: Provide corrosion resistant punched steel box knockout closures, conduit locknuts and malleable iron conduit bushings of the type and size to suit each respective use and installation.

D. Galvanized Rigid Conduit (GRC) 1. Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. 2. Rigid galvanized steel conduit shall be hot-dip galvanized steel with threads hot-dip galvanized

after cutting. 3. Provide threaded GRC fittings.

E. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 1. Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. 2. Electrical metallic tubing shall be hot galvanized steel tubing with an additional outside and inside

urethane or similar coating for further rust protection. 3. Provide steel compression fittings. Cast fittings, setscrew fittings, and indent fittings will not be

accepted.

F. Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC) 1. Comply with UL 1. 2. Flexible metal conduit shall be zinc-coated steel.

G. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC) 1. Comply with UL 360. 2. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be comprised of single strip, continuous, flexible,

interlocked, double wrapped steel, galvanized inside and outside; forming smooth internal wiring channel; liquid tight jacket of flexible polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Provide separate green insulated equipment grounding conductor.

3. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be produced in accordance with U.L. Standard #360.

H. PVC Externally-Coated Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit and Fittings 1. The galvanized conduit, prior to plastic coating, shall be new, unused material and conform to

specifications given above for galvanized rigid conduit. 2. The exterior galvanized surfaces shall be coated with primer before PVC coating to insure a bond

between the zinc substrate and the PVC coating. 3. Nominal thickness of the exterior coating shall be 40 mils 4. A PVC sleeve extending one pipe diameter or two inches, whichever is less, shall be formed at

every female conduit opening on fittings except unions. The inside diameter of the sleeve shall be the same as the outside diameter of the conduit to be used.

5. The PVC coating on the exterior of conduit couplings shall have a series of longitudinal ribs 40 mils thick to protect the coating from tool damage during installation.

Page 175: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0533 - 3 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Raceways and Boxes OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 For Electrical Systems RFP #R-20451-20

6. A urethane coating shall be uniformly and consistently applied to the interior of all conduit and fittings. This internal coating shall be a nominal two mil thickness. Conduit having areas with thin or no coating will not be accepted.

7. All male and female threads on conduit, elbows and nipples shall be protected by application of a urethane coating.

8. Conduit bodies shall be supplied with stainless steel cover screws. Screw heads shall be encapsulated with plastic to assure corrosion protection.

I. Raceway Fittings: Specifically designed for raceway type used in Project.

2.5 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS

A. Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing: Comply with NEMA TC 13 and UL 1653.

B. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC) 1. Comply with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide nonmetallic conduit and fittings of the type, grade, size and weight (wall thickness)

indicated for each service. Where type and grade are not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by the Installer to fulfill the wiring requirements (Schedule 40 minimum, unless noted otherwise). Type selected shall comply with the National Electrical Code and all applicable standards.

C. Raceway Fittings: Specifically designed for raceway type used in Project.

2.6 METAL WIREWAYS

A. Description: Rigid steel sheets formed into rectangular or square shapes and totally enclosed. It shall comply with UL 870 and NEMA 250, Type 1 unless otherwise indicated, and be sized as indicated on drawings or according to NFPA 70.

1. Fittings: Specifically designed for raceway type used in Project. 2. Covers: Hinged-cover type unless otherwise indicated. 3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish.

2.7 SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

A. Manufacturers 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, surface raceway systems shall be

manufactured by firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of surface raceway systems of the types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. Provide Legrand “Wiremold” system or approved equivalent system Available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:

a. Legrand b. Hoffman c. Hellermann Tyton d. National Electric Products Co.

2. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01.

B. Surface raceways shall be metal, paintable, and sized in accordance with the wiring installed. Furnish raceway system complete with all necessary accessories, hardware, and fittings for a complete system as recommended by the manufacturer.

2.8 CONDUIT AND TUBING ACCESSORIES

A. Provide conduit and tubing accessories including straps, hangers, supports and expansion joints, bonding jumpers and conduit seals for hazardous areas as required and as recommended by the conduit and tubing manufacturer.

Page 176: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0533 - 4 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Raceways and Boxes OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 For Electrical Systems RFP #R-20451-20

2.9 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets shall be manufactured by firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of boxes, enclosures, and cabinets of the types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 10 years. Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:

1. Interior Outlet Boxes: a. Appleton Electric Co. b. Arrow Conduit and Fittings Corp. c. National Electric Products Co. d. Steel City e. Midland-Ross Corp. f. Raco

2. Weatherproof Outlet Boxes a. Appleton Electric Co. b. Crouse-Hinds Co. c. Harvey Hubbell, Inc. d. Pyle-National Co.

3. Junction and Pull Boxes: a. Arrow-Hart, Inc. b. General Eelctric Co. c. Keystone Columbia, Inc. d. Square “D” Co.

B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A.

C. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD, with gasketed cover.

D. Boxes shall be provided in wiring or raceway systems wherever required for pulling of wires, making connections, and mounting devices or fixtures. Construction and design of boxes to be the best adapted for the location, fixture and/or device. Boxes shall be of the cast metal hub type when located in normally wet locations, when surface mounted on outside of exterior surfaces, in hazardous areas, and when installed exposed up to seven (7) feet above interior floors and walkways. Boxes in other locations shall be sheet steel.

E. Interior Boxes: 1. Concealed Work: Provide galvanized steel interior outlet wiring boxes of the type, shape and size,

including depth of box, to suit each respective location and installation; constructed with stamped knockouts in back and sides, and with threaded holes with screws for securing box covers or wiring devices.

2. Exposed Work: Provide die-cast alloy outlet wiring boxes of the type, shape and size, including depth of box, to suit each respective location and installation; constructed with integral conduit hubs and tapped holes for securing box covers or wiring devices.

3. Accessories: Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation, including mounting brackets, wallboard hangers, extension rings, fixture studs, cable clamps and metal straps for supporting outlet boxes, compatible with outlet boxes being used and meeting requirements of individual wiring situations. Choice of accessories is Installer's option.

F. Pull boxes shall be constructed of code gage galvanized sheet steel except where cast metal boxes are required in location specified herein.

G. Covers shall be provided on outlet boxes, pull boxes and junction boxes if no device or fixture is attached. Covers shall be blank, suitable for painting and exactly fit the box.

Page 177: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0533 - 5 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Raceways and Boxes OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 For Electrical Systems RFP #R-20451-20

H. Weatherproof Outlet Boxes: Provide corrosion-resistant cast metal weatherproof outlet wiring boxes, of the type, shape and size, including depth of box, with threaded conduit ends, cast metal face plate with spring-hinged waterproof cap suitably configured for each application, including face plate gasket and corrosion proof fasteners.

I. Junction and Pull Boxes: Provide galvanized sheet steel junction and pull boxes, with screw-on covers; of the type, shape and size, to suit each respective location and installation; with welded seams and equipped with steel nuts, bolts, screws and washers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Provide color-coded thread protectors on the exposed threads of threaded rigid metal conduit. Handle conduit and tubing carefully to prevent end-damage and to avoid scoring the finish. Store conduit and tubing inside and protect from weather. When necessary to store outdoors, elevate well above grade and enclose with durable, waterproof wrapping.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. General Installation 1. Install raceways, boxes, and fittings as indicated, in compliance with NEC requirements, in

accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that the boxes and fittings service the intended purposes.

2. Provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed. Locate boxes and conduit bodies so as to ensure accessibility of electrical wiring. Avoid using round boxes where conduit must enter box through side of box, which would result in a difficult and insecure connection with a locknut or bushing on the rounded surface. Secure boxes rigidly to the substrate upon which they are being mounted, or solidly embed boxes in concrete or masonry.

3. Furnish and install outlet boxes for the various special systems such as intercommunication, burglar alarm, television, fire alarm, etc., as well as special outlets to accommodate devices, of such size, type, material and configuration as required to suit the equipment provided, type of occupancy, and space available. In the event the approved equipment for these special systems requires boxes, the contractor shall furnish and install the boxes, conduit and all required fittings at no increase in the contract amount.

4. Install outlet boxes for switches and receptacles in finished walls, except for special applications as specified herein or indicated of one piece standard gang type, a minimum of 4" x 1 1/2" deep for one device and 6 7/8" x 4" x 1 1/2" deep for two devices, with plaster covers and rectangular openings of proper size and shape. Install other special boxes as shown on drawings or details as necessary to meet structural requirements.

5. Install outlet boxes at mounting heights indicated on the drawings. Install those not definitely located or where the heights interfere with mechanical, architectural, or structural elements as directed by the Architect. Outlet mounting heights are construed to mean the distance from centerline of cover plate to finished floor unless otherwise noted. Generally, receptacle heights shall be 18" and wall switches shall be mounted 48" high above the finished floor to the center of the device. These heights may be adjusted with permission, if necessary to more nearly fit architectural features and shall comply with the ADA. Other heights shall be as noted or as necessary to meet equipment or safety requirements.

6. In no instance will boxes be allowed to be installed back-to-back in rooms with tenants such as, nursing homes, dormitories, hospital rooms, etc., or in rooms which need to sound isolated such as conference rooms, exam rooms, classrooms, etc.

7. "Outdoor and Wet Area Raceway Applications" and "Indoor Raceway Applications" paragraphs below provide examples of application requirements for various types of raceways. Coordinate with Drawings. Unless noted otherwise, provide conduit systems as described below for the conditions given.

a. Outdoor Raceways Applications: 1) Exposed or Concealed: GRC

Page 178: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0533 - 6 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Raceways and Boxes OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 For Electrical Systems RFP #R-20451-20

2) Underground or in concrete: RNC 3) Connection to Vibrating Equipment (dry-type transformers, motors, recessed

luminaires, etc.): LFMC (12” minimum and 72” maximum) 4) Corrosive environments – PVC coated GRC 5) Boxes and Enclosures: Metallic, NEMA 250, Type 3R or Type 4

b. Indoor Raceways Applications: 1) Exposed or Concealed: EMT; for 3” and larger use GRC 2) Underground or in concrete: RNC 3) Connection to Vibrating Equipment (dry-type transformers, motors, recessed

luminaires, etc.): FMC; in wet or damp locations use LFMC (12” minimum and 72” maximum)

4) Damp or Wet Locations: GRC 5) Corrosive environments – PVC coated GRC 6) Boxes and Enclosures: Metallic, NEMA 250, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated.

8. Install conduit and tubing products as indicated, in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions, the applicable requirements of NEC, the National Electrical Contractors Association's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve the intended function.

9. All conduits installed below grade, under-floor, or in damp areas shall have connections coated with an approved sealant and tightened securely to make each joint waterproof.

10. Conduits shall be of sizes required to accommodate the number and size of conductors required in accordance with the tables given in the latest edition of the National Electrical Code. Where space will not permit the installation of one conduit of sufficient size to contain the conductors of a circuit required, two conduits shall be provided, each conduit shall contain duplicate phase, neutral and grounding conductors. The number and size of conduits indicated on the drawings are a minimum for the various systems required. If larger conduits or greater numbers are required, they shall be provided as necessary to accommodate the wiring as recommended by the manufacturer supplying the particular equipment. Where more than three (3) current carrying conductors are installed in a raceway, comply with NEC adjustment factors for reduced ampacity and for higher ambient temperatures.

11. Conduit and electrical metallic tubing shall be cut square, reamed smooth and drawn up tight. 12. Maintain electrical continuity throughout metallic raceway systems. Install removable cover pull

boxes on long runs. Allow for natural drain of condensate. Install conduit bushings at all boxes, cabinets, etc. and at the termination ends of conduit stub-outs.

13. Do not use wooden plugs inserted in masonry or concrete as a base to secure conduit supports. Provide toggle bolts for use with hollow concrete masonry units (CMU), and wedge anchors in concrete or brick. Hangers and devices for mounting of electrical equipment and devices shall be galvanized or otherwise protected from rusting by an approved method.

14. Where wiring is required to be installed on the surface of walls in finished spaces, it shall be installed in surface raceway systems. Installation of surface raceways shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. In unfinished spaces such as mechanical rooms, surface mount conduit shall be acceptable.

15. Complete each electrical raceway system before installing cables or wire. 16. All raceway systems shall be equipped with a separate, green insulated equipment grounding

conductor installed with the circuit conductors. In no case shall the grounding properties of the raceway itself be relied upon as the sole grounding means.

17. Wire pulling lubricants, when utilized, shall be in accordance with the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., applicable to the specific conductor or cable insulation and raceway material.

18. Install nylon pull rope having 600 LB tensile strength in all empty conduits. Leave 12" of tail at each end.

19. RNC or PVC Externally-Coated conduit shall not be installed above grade indoors except as specifically noted or detailed.

B. Routing: 1. Route concealed conduits in as direct a line with as long bends as possible. Exposed conduits

shall be routed parallel to or at right angles to the lines of the building. Boxes, plates, and etc. shall be accurately set plumb and level. Where conduits are routed exposed, right angle bends shall be made with standard conduit ells or field bends to not less than the same radius. All bends shall be

Page 179: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0533 - 7 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Raceways and Boxes OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 For Electrical Systems RFP #R-20451-20

free from dents or flattening. Not more than the equivalent of four quarter bends shall be used in any run between terminals at cabinets, outlets, junction boxes or pull boxes.

2. Route horizontal runs of concealed conduit close to ceiling beams, passing across and above water, steam, or other piping, etc., where possible.

3. Install raceways and cables at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes.

4. Except as otherwise indicated, arrange electrical services and overhead equipment with a minimum of 7'-0" headroom in storage spaces, and 8'-6" headroom in other spaces. Arrange work to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement of equipment. Locate services requiring maintenance on wiring devices and similar units in front of services requiring less maintenance.

5. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with luminaries, with ceiling finish, suspension, ductwork, air diffusers and other work, so that required performances of each will be achieved.

6. Do not install conduits through beams without special permission of the Architect unless specifically detailed or noted in drawings or specifications.

7. Flush mounted panelboards shall have three (3) ¾ inch empty conduits extended from the panelboard into accessible ceiling space, terminating in a 6" x 6" x 4" pull box with screw cover for future use. Install other future conduits as noted or required for future systems as directed by Architect/Engineer.

C. Terminations: 1. Terminate all rigid steel conduits with double lock nuts and bushings or hubs. For grounding

purposes, secure EMT terminations at outlet boxes, junction boxes, panelboard cabinets, etc., with steel interlocking compression connectors. Set screws or indentations will not be accepted as a method of attachment of fittings to conduit or electrical metallic tubing.

2. Equip rigid steel conduit with insulated end bushings. Provide electrical metallic tubing 3/4" and larger with insulated connectors or end bushings. Bushings shall be of the type to prevent abrasion of wires without impairing the continuity of the conduit system grounding. The insulating insert material shall be thermoplastic molded and locked into the steel casing forming the body of the connector or bushing.

3. Provide the ends of each conduit or tubing in outlet boxes, pull boxes, and cabinets with blank discs ("pennies") inserted in bushings or other approved bushing closures to prevent the entrance of foreign material during the construction period. Conduits left empty for future wiring shall also be so equipped.

D. Special raceway systems: 1. Install conduits for thermostats, control, interlock wiring, and as otherwise required to effect proper

operation of all systems specified in this and other sections of the specifications. Also provide empty conduits for future systems as required in the specifications and as noted or shown on the drawings.

2. Communication raceways: a. Minimum size of telephone and data conduits shall be 1”. b. Provide telephone conduit system suitable for installation of fiber optic cable having a

minimum bend radius of 8". All sweeps, pull boxes, and junction boxes shall accommodate this minimum radius. No conduit bodies shall be installed in the telephone raceway system, unless specifically indicated on the drawings.

c. Install a pull rope with 12" of tail in all empty communication raceways.

3.3 FIRESTOPPING

A. Install fire-stopping at penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies sufficient to maintain original fire-rating.

END OF SECTION

Page 180: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 181: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0553 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Identification for Electrical Systems OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 26 0553

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The Division 1 General Conditions applying to the General Contractor also apply to this Subcontractor as modified by Division 26 requirements.

1.2 SECTION REQUIRMENTS

A. Identification materials and accessories shall be submitted for approval.

B. REFER TO SECTIONS 01 3000 AND 26 0010 FOR SUBMITTAL FORM AND REQUIREMENTS.

1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code."

B. Comply with ANSI Standard A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems," with regard to type and size of lettering for raceway and cable labels.

1.4 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The extent of the electrical systems and equipment requiring identification is shown on the drawings and the extent of identification required is specified herein and in individual sections of work requiring identification.

B. The types of electrical identification specified in this section include the following: 1. Cable/conductor identification 2. Conduit identification 3. Danger signs 4. Equipment/system identification signs 5. Receptacles and switch circuit identification

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIAL

A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard products of the categories and types required for each application.

B. Baked Enamel Danger Signs: Provide manufacturer's standard Danger Signs of baked enamel finish on 20 gauge steel of standard red, black and white graphics with recognized standard wording where applicable. Signs shall be 14" x 10" in size except where physically too large to apply, in which case 10" x 7" signs shall be used.

C. Engraved Plastic Laminate Signs: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate, complying with FS-L-P-387 for all electrical equipment provided, installed or connected by the Contractor. Signs shall be black with white core, and shall be of suitable size to for the equipment to which they are attached. 1. Thickness: 1/16" for units up to 20 square inches or 8" length 1/8" for larger units. 2. Size: Unless noted otherwise, provide single line of text, 3/8" high lettering on 1" high sign (2"

high where 2 lines are required).

Page 182: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0553 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Identification for Electrical Systems OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

3. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws, except where screws cannot or should not penetrate the substrate use contact type permanent adhesive.

D. Fasteners for Plastic Laminated and Metal Signs: Epoxy adhesive or self tapping stainless steel screws or number 10/32 stainless steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers

E. Adhesive backed vinyl markers: Provide self-stick markers of standard color and wording for voltage and system identification of equipment, raceways and enclosures (Emergency, Lighting, Power, Light, Power DC, Air Conditioning, Communications, Control, Fire, etc) 1. Label Size as follows:

a. Raceways 1 Inch and Smaller: 1 1/8 inches high by 4 inches long. b. Raceways larger than 1 Inch: 1 1/8 inches high by 8 inches long.

F. Colored Adhesive Marking Tape for Raceways, Wires, and Cables: Self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 inch to 2 inches in width.

G. Pretensioned Flexible Wraparound Colored Plastic Sleeves for Raceway and Cable Identification: Flexible acrylic bands sized to suit the raceway diameter and arranged to stay in place by pre tensioned gripping action when coiled around the raceway or cable.

H. Wire/Cable Designation Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl cloth, self adhesive, wraparound, cable/conductor markers with pre-printed numbers and letter.

I. Aluminum, Wraparound, Cable Marker Bands: Bands cut from 0.014 inch thick, aluminum sheet, fitted with slots or ears for securing permanently around wire or cable jacket or around groups of conductors. Provide for legend application with stamped letters or numbers.

J.

J. Switch and Receptacle Covers: Provide and install circuit identification label with black or white letters (to best contrast wall plates) on clear adhesive tape. Size shall be 3/8" wide and a maximum of 1-3/4" long. Each label shall show panelboard and circuit number, i.e., 1N2Y-12 with letter and numbers a minimum of 1/8" high. Where receptacle is dedicated to serving a piece of equipment, label shall also show equipment name. Brady BMP21 electronic labeling system or approved equal. Provide labels for all receptacles and switches including those not provided by division 26. Dymo type tape system is not acceptable.

2.2 CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOX IDENTIFICATION

A. Provide junction box and pullbox exterior labeling indicating all panels and circuit numbers, or signal systems contained in the junction box. Label all junction boxes.

B. Provide heat shrink conduit identification to indicate origination point of all conduits stubbing up from underground into equipment. Also provide conduit identification at 20'-0" intervals along corridors, and 10'-0" intervals in electrical and mechanical rooms.

C. Band exposed or accessible raceways of the following systems for identification: Bands shall be pretensioned plastic sleeves, colored adhesive marking tape, or a combination of the two. Make each color band 2 inches wide, completely encircling conduit, and place adjacent bands of two color markings in contact, side by side. Install bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, and at 40 foot maximum intervals in straight runs. Apply the following colors: 1. Fire Alarm System: Red 2. Fire-Suppression Supervisory and Control System: Red and yellow 3. Emergency Power: Yellow 4. Security System: Blue and yellow 5. Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue 6. Telecommunication System: Green and yellow 7. Control Wiring: Green and red

Page 183: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0553 - 3 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Identification for Electrical Systems OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

D. Identify Junction, Pull, and Connection Boxes: Code required caution sign for boxes shall be pressure sensitive, self-adhesive label indicating system voltage in black, pre-printed on orange background. Install on outside of box cover. Also label box covers with identity of contained circuits. Use pressure sensitive plastic labels at exposed locations and similar labels or plasticized card stock tags at concealed boxes.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATION, INSTALLATION, AND GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordination: Install identification after completion of painting.

B. Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used in electrical identification work with corresponding designations specified or indicated. Install numbers, lettering, and colors as approved in submittals and as required by code.

C. Install identification devices in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and requirements of NEC.

D. Regulations: Comply with NEC Article 110, governing regulations, and the requests of governing authorities for the identification of electrical work.

E. Conductors #10 and smaller shall have color factory applied the entire length of the conductors according to Section 26 0519. Conductors #8 and larger shall have colors applied as follows: 1. The following field applied color coding methods may be used in lieu of factory coded wire (See

Section 26 0519 for color code) for sizes larger than No. 10 AWG: a. Apply colored, pressure sensitive plastic tape in half lapped turns for a distance of 6 inches

from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply the last two laps of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Use 1 inch wide tape in colors as specified. Do not obliterate cable identification markings by taping. Tape locations may be adjusted slightly to prevent such obliteration.

b. In lieu of pressure sensitive tape, colored cable ties may be used for color identification. Apply three ties of specified color to each wire at each terminal or splice point starting 3 inches from the terminal and spaced 3 inches apart. Apply with a special tool or pliers, tighten for snug fit, and cut off excess length.

F. Tag or label conductors as follows: 1. Future Connections: Conductors indicated to be for future connection or connection under

another contract with identification indicating source and circuit numbers. 2. Multiple Circuits: Where multiple branch circuits or control wiring or communications/signal

conductors are present in the same box or enclosure (except for three circuit, four wire home runs), label each conductor or cable. Provide legend indicating source, voltage, circuit number, and phase for branch circuit wiring. Phase and voltage of branch circuit wiring may be indicated by means of coded color of conductor insulation. For control and communications/signal wiring, use color coding or wire/cable marking tape at terminations and at intermediate locations where conductors appear in wiring boxes, troughs, and control cabinets. Use consistent letter/number conductor designations throughout on wire/cable marking tapes.

3. Match identification markings with designations used in panelboards shop drawings, Contract Documents, and similar previously established identification schemes for the facility's electrical installations.

G. Apply warning, caution, and instruction signs and stencils as follows: 1. Install warning, caution, or instruction signs where required by NEC, where indicated, or where

reasonably required to assure safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of the items to which they connect. Install engraved plastic laminated instruction signs with approved

Page 184: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0553 - 4 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Identification for Electrical Systems OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

legend where instructions or explanations are needed for system or equipment operation. Install butyrate signs with metal backing for outdoor items.

2. Emergency Operating Signs: Install engraved laminate signs with white legend on red background with minimum 3/8 inch high lettering for emergency instructions on power transfer, load shedding, or other emergency operations.

H. Install equipment/system circuit/device identification as follows: 1. Apply equipment identification labels of engraved plastic laminate on each major unit of electrical

equipment in building, including central or master unit of each electrical system. This includes communication/signal/alarm systems, unless unit is specified with its own self-explanatory identification. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text, with 1/2 inch high lettering on 1 inch high label (2 inch high where two lines are required), white lettering in black field. Text shall match terminology and numbering of the Contract Documents and shop drawings. Apply labels for each unit of the following categories of electrical equipment. a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items c. Electrical switchboards and switchgear d. Transformers e. Motor starters and motor controllers f. Pushbutton stations g. Clock/program master equipment h. Call system master station i. Fire alarm master station or control panel and major equipment j. Intrusion alarm control panel and major equipment k. Any device serving a remote load

I. Apply circuit/control/item designation labels of engraved plastic laminate for disconnect switches, breakers, pushbuttons, pilot lights, and similar items for power distribution and control components above, except panelboards and alarm/signal components, where labeling is specified elsewhere. For new panelboards or panelboards affected by this project, provide framed, typed circuit schedules with explicit description and identification of items controlled by each individual breaker.

J. Install labels at locations indicated and at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.

END OF SECTION

Page 185: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 0923 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Lighting Control Devices OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 26 0923

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The Division 1 General Conditions applying to the General Contractor also apply to this Subcontractor as modified by Division 26 requirements.

1.2 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Lighting control devices and accessories shall be submitted for approval.

B. REFER TO SECTIONS 01 3000 AND 26 0010 FOR SUBMITTAL FORM AND REQUIREMENTS.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. Materials shall be new and a standard cataloged product of the manufacturer. Experimental or unproven designs will not be acceptable.

2.2 TIME SWITCHES

A. Electronic Time Switches: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Intermatic #EI600C or approved

equivalent. Manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Hubbell b. Intermatic c. Honeywell d. Leviton e. Wattstopper f. Sylvania g. Tork

2. Solid state, programmable, with alphanumeric display, complying with UL 917. 3. Contact Rating: minimum 20-A resistive, 16-A ballast load, 15A incandescent load, at 120-

277V ac 4. Single gang box mounted, for use with 2-way or 3-way lighting circuit. 5. Allows for selection of 24-Hour or 7-day load control. 6. Astronomic feature for optional use. 7. Battery for a minimum of 2 years of time keeping without AC power, and with low battery

indicator.

END OF SECTION

Page 186: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 187: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 2416 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Panelboards OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 26 2416

PANELBOARDS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The Division 1 General Conditions applying to the General Contractor also apply to this Subcontractor as modified by Division 26 requirements.

1.2 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Panelboards, circuit breakers, and accessories shall be submitted for approval.

B. REFER TO SECTIONS 01 3000 AND 26 0010 FOR SUBMITTAL FORM AND REQUIREMENTS

C. Submit series connected interrupting ratings for all panelboards and circuit breakers.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. Load Center type construction is not acceptable.

B. Comply with NEMA PB 1.

C. Materials shall be new and a standard cataloged product of the manufacturer. Experimental or unproven designs will not be acceptable.

2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS

A. Enclosures: Flush or surface mounted cabinets as noted in panelboard schedule; NEMA 250, Type 1 in dry indoor areas and Type 3R in wet or outdoor areas.

B. Service Equipment Label, when required: Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards with one or more main service disconnecting and over-current protective devices.

C. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices.

D. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. Provide with rating sufficient for design requirements.

2.3 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS

A. Panelboards, circuit breakers, and accessories: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following: a. Siemens b. GE c. Square D d. Cutler Hammer

Page 188: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 2416 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Panelboards OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

2. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01.

B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, power and feeder distribution type, interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents.

C. Dead-front construction with concealed trim clamps.

D. Cabinets: Code gauge galvanized steel.

E. Gray baked enamel code gauge steel fronts and doors with flush hinges.

F. Metal flush catch and latches, shall not require key. Plastic cover catches are not acceptable.

G. Circuit breaker numbers permanently engraved on panel interior. Stick-on tape numbers are not acceptable.

H. Metal frame with clear plastic cover for panel index card.

I. Mains: Circuit breaker or Lugs only as noted in the panelboard schedule.

J. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Plug-in circuit breakers as noted in the panelboard schedule.

K. Copper bus bars, including ground bars.

L. Main terminals shall be listed and identified for 60/75C wire.

2.4 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES WITHIN PANELBOARDS

A. Disconnects and over-current protective devices: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following: a. Siemens b. GE c. Square D d. Cutler Hammer

2. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01.

B. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: Comply with UL 489, to meet available fault currents. 1. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads;

Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high-intensity discharge (HID) lighting circuits. 2. Molded case, thermal magnetic, with ON, OFF, and TRIPPED positions. Two and three pole

breakers shall be common trip. BREAKER HANDLE TIES FOR TRIP OPERATION ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.

3. Breakers shall be rated at 22 KAIC (minimum). 4. Circuit breakers serving heating and air conditioning equipment shall be HACR rated breakers.

Breakers serving HID lighting loads shall be HID rated. 5. Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter Circuit Breakers: Single-pole and two-pole configurations with

Class A ground-fault protection (6-mA trip).

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Receive, inspect, handle, store, and install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1. Do not install damaged panelboards; remove from project site.

Page 189: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 2416 - 3 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Panelboards OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

B. Store panelboards in a clean dry space which prevents formation of condensate. Use storage space with uniform temperature and adequate air circulation. Protect panelboards from dirt, fumes, water and physical damage

C. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, the applicable requirements of NEC, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve the intended function.

D. Mount top of trim 90 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. If this places the center of the operating handle of the top-most switch or circuit breaker (in highest position) higher than 6’7” then lower mounting of panel to bring it to 6’7”.

E. Panelboard boxes and trims shall be installed accurately and set plumb and level and in accordance with the manufacturer mounting instructions.

F. Arrange conductors into groups; bundle and wrap with wire ties.

G. Filler plates shall be used for all unused spaces in panelboards.

H. Connect branch and feeder circuits to panelboards in such a manner as to balance, as equally as possible, the loads connected to each phase.

I. At the completion of the work and when connected loads can be energized, check the load current in each phase of each feeder and make adjustments as necessary to correct load unbalances.

J. Create a typed directory to indicate installed circuit loads and incorporating Owner's final room designations according to Section 26 0553.

END OF SECTION

Page 190: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 191: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 2726 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Wiring Devices OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 26 2726

WIRING DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The Division 1 General Conditions applying to the General Contractor also apply to this Subcontractor as modified by Division 26 requirements.

1.2 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Wiring devices shall be submitted for approval.

B. REFER TO SECTIONS 01 3000 AND 26 0010 FOR SUBMITTAL FORM AND REQUIREMENTS.

1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The extent of wiring device work is indicated by drawings and schedules, and by the requirements of this section. Wiring devices are defined as single discrete units of electrical distribution systems which are intended to carry but not utilize electric energy. The devices covered in this section may include, but not necessarily be limited by the following: 1. Receptacles 2. Switches 3. Wall Plates 4. In-Use Weatherproof Covers

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. Materials shall be new and a standard cataloged product of the manufacturer. Experimental or unproven designs will not be acceptable.

C. Comply with NFPA 70.

D. Comply with National Electrical Manufacturers Associations standards for wiring device products.

2.2 DEVICES

A. Duplex receptacles and lighting switches shall be of the same manufacturer.

B. Device Color: 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: Ivory unless otherwise indicated or required

by drawings, NFPA 70, or device listing. 2. Use type ivory wall plates. 3. Weatherproof covers shall be gray with a transparent cover.

2.3 RECEPTACLES

A. Convenience Duplex Receptacles: 125V, 20A, straight blade, NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R, and UL 498.

Page 192: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 2726 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Wiring Devices OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

1. Provide wide body industrial specification grade, constructed with one piece grounding backstrap/mounting yoke having integral ground contacts. Backstrap shall be equipped with a green ground screw, and shall have not more than one rivet. Receptacles shall accept side or back wiring.

2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Hubbell #5362, Leviton #5362 or approved equivalent. Available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Hubbell Wiring Device Div. b. Arrow-Hart, Inc. c. Pass and Seymour, Inc. d. General Electric e. Leviton

3. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01.

B. Convenience Single Receptacles: 125V, 20A, straight blade, NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R, and UL 498. 1. Provide wide body industrial specification grade, constructed with one piece grounding

backstrap/mounting yoke having integral ground contacts. Backstrap shall be equipped with a green ground screw, and shall have not more than one rivet. Receptacles shall accept side or back wiring.

2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Hubbell #5361, Leviton #5362 or approved equivalent. Available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Hubbell Wiring Device Div. b. Arrow-Hart, Inc. c. Pass and Seymour, Inc. d. General Electric e. Leviton

3. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01.

C. Combination Duplex/USB Receptacles: 125V, 20A, straight blade, NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R, and UL 498. 1. Provide commercial grade, constructed with one piece grounding backstrap/mounting yoke

having integral ground contacts. Backstrap shall be equipped with a green ground screw, and shall have not more than one rivet. Receptacles shall accept side or back wiring. Receptacles shall include one USB type A and one USB type C port, 5 Amp, 5 Volts DC.

2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Hubbell #USB20AC5, or approved equivalent. Available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Hubbell Wiring Device Div. b. Arrow-Hart, Inc. c. Pass and Seymour, Inc. d. General Electric e. Leviton

3. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01.

D. Tamper-Resistant Convenience Receptacles, where required by NFPA 70, 125V, 20A, straight blade: NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R, and UL 498. Labeled to comply with NFPA 70, "Receptacles, Cord Connectors, and Attachment Plugs (Caps)" Article, "Tamper-Resistant Receptacles for Dwelling Units" Section. 1. Provide commercial specification grade, constructed with one piece grounding

backstrap/mounting yoke having integral ground contacts. Backstrap shall be equipped with a green ground screw, and shall have not more than one rivet. Receptacles shall accept side or back wiring.

2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Hubbell #BR20TR or approved equivalent. Available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Hubbell Wiring Device Div.

Page 193: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 2726 - 3 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Wiring Devices OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

b. Arrow-Hart, Inc. c. Pass and Seymour, Inc. d. General Electric e. Leviton

3. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01

E. Duplex Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter (GFCI) Convenience Receptacles, 125V, 20A, straight blade, non-feed-through type. NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, and UL 943, Class A, and include indicator light that is lighted when device is tripped. 1. Provide heavy duty, weather resistant, with integral personnel ground fault and self test

protection. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Hubbell #GFR5362SG, or

approved equivalent. Available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Hubbell Wiring Device Div. b. Arrow-Hart, Inc. c. Pass and Seymour, Inc. d. General Electric e. Leviton

3. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01.

F. Blank Face Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter (GFCI) Convenience Receptacles, for use only when receptacle is not in a readily available area and GFCI style breaker is not used, 125V, 20A, heavy duty, weather resistant, feed-through type. NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, and UL 943, Class A, and include indicator light that is lighted when device is tripped. 1. Provide heavy duty, with integral personnel ground fault and self test protection. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Hubbell #GFBHP20, or

approved equivalent. Available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Hubbell Wiring Device Div. b. Arrow-Hart, Inc. c. Pass and Seymour, Inc. d. General Electric e. Leviton

G. Telephone and Audio/Visual Outlets will be provided by others, and are not included in this contract. Contractor shall provide required boxes and raceways with pull-strings only.

2.4 SWITCHES

A. Toggle, 3-Way, and 4-Way Switches, 120/277V, 20A, comply with NEMA WD 1 and UL 20. 1. Provide wide body, heavy duty, industrial specification grade switch with mounting yoke insulated

from mechanism, and which shall accept side or back wiring. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Hubbell #1221, #1223, #1224,

or equivalents. Available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Hubbell Wiring Device Div. b. Arrow-Hart, Inc. c. Pass and Seymour, Inc. d. General Electric e. Leviton

3. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01.

2.5 WALL PLATES

A. Manufacturers 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering

products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:

Page 194: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 2726 - 4 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Wiring Devices OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

a. Sierra b. Pass and Seymour, Inc. c. Hubbell d. GE e. Leviton

2. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01

B. Wall Plates, all areas: Type 302 stainless-steel with a nominal thickness of 0.032” and beveled edges and satin finish.

C. In-use rated Weatherproof Covers, where indicated on drawings: Gray housing with transparent lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in wet locations.

2.6 IN-USE WEATHERPROOF COVERS

A. In-Use Weatherproof Receptacle Covers: Heavy Duty grade covers providing weather-rated protection while receptacles are in use. 1. Provide Nema 3R rated covers with hinged top and bottom cord exit path while closed. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Hubbell #RW58300 for 1-gang

box and #RW58750 for 2-gang box. Available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Hubbell Wiring Device Div. b. Arrow-Hart, Inc. c. Pass and Seymour, Inc. d. General Electric e. Leviton

3. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which wiring devices are to be installed and notify the General Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Architect.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with NFPA 70.

B. Comply with NECA 1, including the mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise noted.

C. Furnish and install devices in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve the intended function.

D. Delay installation of devices until wiring is completed. Install receptacles and switches only in electrical boxes which are clean and free from excess building materials, debris, etc.

E. Where a GFCI receptacle is indicated on the drawings, it is intended that a GFCI receptacle as specified be installed at the location indicated. No feed-through wiring to adjacent receptacles indicated to be GFCI will be acceptable, unless otherwise noted.

F. Unless noted otherwise, wiring devices shall be mounted as follows: 1. Wall mounted switches and electronic timer switches: 48" above finished floor.

Page 195: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 26 2726 - 5 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Wiring Devices OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20141010 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20

G. Mount devices flush, with long dimension vertical, unless otherwise directed. Install grounding terminal on top with type 302 stainless-steel wall plates, and grounding terminal on bottom with plastic wall plates. Group adjacent devices under single, multi-gang wall plates.

H. Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening.

I. If devices are installed prior to wall painting or finish, the Contractor shall carefully mask all devices to prevent paint splatters on devices.

J. Devices or plates with scratches or blemishes in finish shall be replaced as determined by the Architect/Engineer.

K. Prior to the project completion inspection, the Contractor shall: 1. Clean the construction dust and other debris from all devices and plates. 2. Clean all construction paint from devices and plates. 3. Apply supply circuit labeling to the device cover plates according to Section 26 0553.

END OF SECTION

Page 196: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING

Page 197: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 28 3112 - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Zoned (DC Loop) OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 Fire-Alarm System RFP #R-20451-20

SECTION 28 3112

ZONED (DC LOOP) FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The Division 1 General Conditions applying to the General Contractor also apply to this Subcontractor as modified by Division 28 requirements.

1.2 SECTION REQUIREMENTS

A. The equipment and installation supervision furnished by the General Contractor under this specification, is to be performed by a Johnson Controls authorized installer. Audie Johnson of Johnson Controls may be contacted at [email protected] or 405-246-1041. This system work will be added to the existing building’s Johnson Controls/Simplex brand Fire Alarm System

B. Fire alarm system devices shall be submitted for approval

C. REFER TO SECTIONS 01 3000 AND 26 0010 FOR SUBMITTAL FORM AND REQUIREMENTS.

D. Submittal additional documents: To facilitate review, include copies of annotated Contract Drawings, as needed, to depict component locations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with NFPA 72, NFPA 70 and local code requirements

B. UL listed and labeled for their intended purpose.

C. This building has a Johnson Controls/Simplex brand fire alarm panel. Each and all items of the Fire Alarm System shall be listed as a product of a SINGLE fire alarm system manufacturer (Johnson Controls/Simplex), under the appropriate category by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. (UL), and shall bear the “U.L.” label. All control equipment is to be listed under UL category UOJZ as a single control unit. Partial listing shall NOT be acceptable.

D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

E. The entire installed system and all integrated system operations shall be within the guidelines of the IBC International Building Code.

2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Noncoded, conventional, hardwired, zoned, 24-V dc loop system.

2.3 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES

A. Each and all new items of the Fire Alarm System shall be listed as a product of a SINGLE fire alarm system manufacturer. Manufacturer to be Johnson Controls/Simplex.

Page 198: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 28 3112 - 2 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Zoned (DC Loop) OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 Fire-Alarm System RFP #R-20451-20

B. General Requirements for Notification Appliances: Connected to notification appliance signal circuits, zoned appropriately, equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals for system connections.

C. Visible Notification Appliances: Xenon strobe lights comply with UL 1971, with clear or nominal white polycarbonate lens mounted on an aluminum faceplate. White housing with the word "FIRE" engraved in minimum 1-inch high red letters on the lens. 1. Rated Light Output: 15/30/75/110 cd, selectable in the field. Provide a label inside the strobe

lens to indicate the listed candela rating of the specific appliance. 2. Shall mount directly to standard single gang, double gang, or 4” square electrical boxes without

the use of special adapters or trim rings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with NFPA 72 for installation of fire-alarm equipment.

B. Connecting to Existing Equipment: Verify that existing fire-alarm system is operational before making changes or connections. 1. Connect new equipment to the existing control panel in the existing part of the building. 2. Connect new equipment to the existing monitoring equipment at the supervising station. 3. Expand, modify, and supplement the existing monitoring equipment as necessary to extend the

existing monitoring functions to the new points. New components shall be capable of merging with the existing configuration without degrading the performance of either system.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field tests shall be witnessed by Owner’s Representative and the Local Fire Marshal.

B. Perform tests and inspections.

C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Visual Inspection: Conduct the visual inspection prior to testing.

a. Inspection shall be based on completed record Drawings and system documentation that is required by NFPA 72 in its "Completion Documents, Preparation" Table in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter.

b. Comply with "Visual Inspection Frequencies" Table in the "Inspection" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72; retain the "Initial/Reacceptance" column and list only the installed components.

2. System Testing: Comply with "Test Methods" Table in the "Testing" Section of the "Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72.

D. Prepare test and inspection reports.

E. Maintenance Test and Inspection: Perform tests and inspections listed for weekly, monthly, quarterly, and semiannual periods. Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections.

F. Annual Test and Inspection: One year after date of Substantial Completion, test fire-alarm system complying with the visual and testing inspection requirements in NFPA 72. Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections.

Page 199: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

The University of Oklahoma 28 3112 - 3 Sutton B2 Fish Lab January 13, 2020 Zoned (DC Loop) OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 Fire-Alarm System RFP #R-20451-20

3.3 WARRANTY

A. The contractor shall warrant the installation and new devices of the fire alarm system to be free from inherent mechanical and electrical defects for a period of one (1) year from the date of the completed and certified test or from the date of first beneficial use.

END OF SECTION

Page 200: B. 100-19_IFB...The University of Oklahoma January 13, 2020 TOC - 1 Sutton B2 Fish Lab Table of Contents OU Project #100-19 OUFM 20131115 - 0 RFP #R-20451-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division

THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY FOR PRINTING